Delta V Simulation PRO 8.3

D800001X142 August 2005
Installing Your
DeltaV Digital Automation System
TM
1996 - 2005 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized duplication, in whole or in part, is prohibited. Printed in UK Emerson, Emerson Process Management, the Emerson Process Management Design, DeltaV, the DeltaV design, and PlantWeb are marks of one of the Emerson Process Management group of companies. All other marks are property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees, expressed or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability. All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify or improve the design or specification of such products at any time without notice.
See CE Statement in Chapter 2.
Contents
Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xx
Chapter 1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

The DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DeltaV System Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DeltaV Control Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DeltaV Remote Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-2 1-4 1-7
Chapter 2 Installing Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

CE Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Installation Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Tools Required for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Torque Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Getting Started with DeltaV Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Installing the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Installing the DIN Rails and Carriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Connecting Bussed Field Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Installing Extender Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Installing the DeltaV I/O Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Installing the DeltaV Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Installing the DeltaV System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Installing the DeltaV Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Installing the DeltaV Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Setting up the DeltaV Control Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Connecting Power to the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Setting Up the DeltaV Remote Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Setting Up a Network Time Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 IP Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Subnet Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Broadcast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Installing the Fault-Tolerant Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Contents
iii
Chapter 3 Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Checking Out Your System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Step 1. Checking the Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Step 2. Checking the Power Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Step 3. Checking the LED Indicators on Each Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Step 4. Testing the Field Wiring Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Troubleshooting Your System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Using the DeltaV Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Using the Workstation Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Using DeltaV Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Books Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Hazardous Area Installation Manuals, NAMUR Installation Manuals, and ATEX Instruction Sheets . . 3-42 Technical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Appendix A Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Appendix B Carrier Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8 Fieldbus H1 Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10 Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13 Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
Appendix C Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 DeltaV Series 2 I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5 AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17 AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21 DeviceNet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-24 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-26
iv Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-44 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-50 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-52 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54 Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-56 Isolated Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-60 Multifunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-65 Profibus DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-68 RTD, ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-70 Sequence of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76 Thermocouple, mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-81 Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-84 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-85 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-87 I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-91 I.S. DO, 4-Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-93 Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-95 I/O Terminal Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98 Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99 Isolated Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100 Profibus DP Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101 RTD, ohms Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104 32-Channel Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106 Redundant Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-108 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-109 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112 Redundant H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113 Redundant Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114
Contents
Mass Termination Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-116 10-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-118 16-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-119 24-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-120 40-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-122 Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126 I/O Interface Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-128 Intrinsically Safe I/O Interface Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132
Appendix D Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Remote Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5 Liebert MultiLink Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7 Fiber-Optic Media Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

System Power Supply (AC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 Redundant AC Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6 Redundant DC Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

Primary and Secondary Channel Ethernet Card Specifications - Plant LAN Interface Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Fault-Tolerant Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1 Dual Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 Touch Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Appendix G Control Network Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G-1

Hubs, Switches, and Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4 Single Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5 Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8 Cable Accessory Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
vi Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9 DeltaV Control Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13 Hop Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13 10Mbit Hub Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14 Extending a DeltaV Control Network with Media Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16 Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-26 Managing Cisco Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-29 Connecting the Switch Management Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-30
Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-5 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-7
Appendix I Cabinet and Enclosure Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

Selecting an Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1 Power Dissipation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-5 Enclosure Selection Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-10 Example Enclosure Selection Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-11
Appendix J System Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1

Sizing System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 I.S. System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 Bulk Power Supplies for System Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 Bulk Power Supply for Bussed Field Power and System Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 Using Multiple System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 Using Multiple Bulk Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-11
Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-1

Sizing R-C Snubbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-5 DC Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-5 AC Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-6
Appendix L Controller Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1

Installing a Redundant Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-3
Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1
Contents
vii
DeltaV 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1 DeltaV 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-8 Calculating the Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-8 DIN Rail Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-11 Installing the 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-11 Installing the 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-12 Installing the Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-15
Appendix N Installation Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1

Installation Information Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1 Worksheets for Calculating Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-2 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-4 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9 Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-11 Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-13 Worksheet for Bulk Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-15 Worksheet for Intrinsically Safe System Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-16
Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O-1

Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4 Intrinsically Safe Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5
Appendix P Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Units Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1 Acronyms Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-2 Terms Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1
viii
Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Figures
1 Figure 1-1 Figure 1-2 Figure 1-3 Figure 1-4 Figure 1-5 Figure 1-6 Figure 1-7 2 Figure 2-1 Figure 2-2 Figure 2-3 Figure 2-4 Figure 2-5 Figure 2-6 Figure 2-7 Figure 2-8 Figure 2-9 Figure 2-10 Figure 2-11 Figure 2-12 Figure 2-13 Figure 2-14 Figure 2-15 Figure 2-16 Figure 2-17 Figure 2-18 Figure 2-19 Figure 2-20 Figure 2-21 Figure 2-22 Figure 2-23 Figure 2-24 Figure 2-25 Figure 2-26 Figure 2-27 Figure 2-28 Figure 2-29
Figures
DeltaV System Overview Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 LocalBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 No Hub System Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Control Network Example (2 nodes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Control Network Example (8 nodes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Dedicated Remote Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Remote Plant-Wide LAN Connected to a DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 DIN Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screw Clearance Guidelines for DIN Rail Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carrier Ground Wiring Diagram Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bussed Field Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of Bussed Field Power Keying Connections (for 120 VAC Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bussed Field Power Keying Scheme Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram (Extended Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/O Terminal Block Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/O Terminal Block Channel Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/O Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (AC/DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Power Supply Alarm Contact Wiring (Unpowered Condition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Power Supply Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workstation Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor Label Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No Hub System Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cascaded 10 Mbit Hub Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simplex Control Network Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant Control Network Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Network Cable Connections for a Simplex Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plant LAN Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC Power Supply . . . Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-16 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-23 2-24 2-26 2-28 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-33 2-34 2-35 2-37 2-39 2-41 2-42 2-43 2-45 2-47 2-48
ix
Figure 2-30 Figure 2-31 3 A B Figure B-1 Figure B-2 Figure B-3 Figure B-4 Figure B-5 Figure B-6 Figure B-7 Figure B-8 Figure B-9 Figure B-10 Figure B-11 Figure B-12 C Figure C-1 Figure C-2 Figure C-3 Figure C-4 Figure C-5 Figure C-6 Figure C-7 Figure C-8 Figure C-9 Figure C-10 Figure C-11 Figure C-12 Figure C-13 Figure C-14 Figure C-15 Figure C-16 Figure C-17 Figure C-18 Figure C-19 Figure C-20 Figure C-21 Figure C-22 Figure C-23
x
Front View of the ftServer 3300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Back View of the ftServer 3300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 Left and Right Carrier Extender Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4 Front View of One-Wide Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5 Adding External Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9 H1 Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11 H1 Carrier Enclosure Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15 Standard I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA and AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART . . . C-7 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . . C-8 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . . C-9 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . C-10 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . C-11 Wiring Diagram for AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-13 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-16 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . . . C-19 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . . . . . . . C-20 Wiring Diagram for AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23 Wiring Diagram for DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25 External Line Fault Detection Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-27 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-29 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . C-30 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Redundant Mode . . . . . C-31 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-33 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-35 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-37 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-39 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-41 Wiring Diagram for DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-43 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . C-46
Figure C-24 Figure C-25 Figure C-26 Figure C-27 Figure C-28 Figure C-29 Figure C-30 Figure C-31 Figure C-32 Figure C-33 Figure C-34 Figure C-35 Figure C-36 Figure C-37 Figure C-38 Figure C-39 Figure C-40 Figure C-41 Figure C-42 Figure C-43 Figure C-44 Figure C-45 Figure C-46 Figure C-47 Figure C-48 Figure C-49 Figure C-50 Figure C-51 Figure C-52 Figure C-53 Figure C-54 Figure C-55 Figure C-56 Figure C-57 Figure C-58 Figure C-59 Figure C-60 Figure C-61 Figure C-62 Figure C-63 D
Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Redundant Mode . . . . . . C-47 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-49 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-51 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-53 Wiring Diagram for DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-55 Wiring Diagram for Fieldbus H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-57 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-58 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Redundant Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-59 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 Isolated Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-64 Wiring Diagram for Multifunction 24 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-67 Wiring Diagram for Profibus DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-69 Wiring Diagram for RTD, ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-72 Wiring Diagram for Sequence of Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-75 Wiring Example, Interface Terminal Block, Serial Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-79 Wiring Example for Redundant Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-80 Wiring Diagram for Thermocouple, mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-83 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-86 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-89 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-90 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-92 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DO, 4-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-94 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98 Interface Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99 Isolated Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100 Profibus DP Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101 RTD, ohms Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104 32-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block (shown as shipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-110 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112 Redundant H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113 Redundant Interface Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-115 Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-117 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126 I/O Key Setting Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-131 I.S. I/O Example Key Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132
Figures
xi
Figure D-1 Figure D-2 Figure D-3 Figure D-4 Figure D-5 E Figure E-1 Figure E-2 Figure E-3 Figure E-4 Figure E-5 Figure E-6 F Figure F-1 G Figure G-1 Figure G-2 Figure G-3 Figure G-4 Figure G-5 Figure G-6 Figure G-7 Figure G-8 Figure G-9 Figure G-10 Figure G-11 Figure G-12 Figure G-13 Figure G-14 Figure G-15 Figure G-16 Figure G-17 H Figure H-1 Figure H-2 Figure H-3 Figure H-4 Figure H-5 I Figure I-1 Figure I-2
xii
Controller Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 Remote Interface Unit Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (AC/DC)]. . . . . . . . . . . . D-5 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC)] . D-6 Fiber-Optic Media Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 Redundant AC Input Power for System Power Supply (AC/DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7 Redundant DC Input Power and Grounding for System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) . . E-8 I.S. System Power Supply Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 Touch Screen Monitor Connections on Dual Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 Front View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 Rear View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 Front View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3 Rear View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3 Front View of the 24-Port Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4 Top View of the Single Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5 Bottom View of the Single Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6 Unshielded Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10 Shielded Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10 Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11 Crossover Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using Cisco 2950C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-24 System Power and Bussed Field Power Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1 Top View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . H-4 Front View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . H-4 Top View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . . . H-6 End View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . . . H-6 Enclosure Example #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-2 Enclosure Example #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
Figure I-3 J Figure J-1 Figure J-2 Figure J-3 Figure J-4 Figure J-5 Figure J-6 Figure J-7 Figure J-8 K Figure K-1 Figure K-2 Figure K-3 L Figure L-1 Figure L-2 M Figure M-1 Figure M-2 Figure M-3 Figure M-4 Figure M-5 Figure M-6 Figure M-7 Figure M-8 Figure M-9 Figure M-10 N O Figure O-1 Figure O-2 Figure O-3 Figure O-4 P
Enclosure Example #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-4 System Power Supply Mounting for Load Sharing with a Simplex Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-5 Extended Power Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-6 System Power Supply Mounting for Redundant Controller Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-7 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Mounting for Redundant Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-9 System Passthrough Power Supply Mounting for Redundant I/O Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-10 Connecting the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk Power Supply for Redundancy or Load Sharing . . . . J-12 Power Supply AC-DC Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-14 System Power Supply DC/DC and System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Overview . . . . . . . . J-15 Arc Suppression Device Examples for Contact Closure Detection (Isolated Discrete Inputs). . . K-2 Examples for Driving Inductive Loads with AC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output). . . . . . . . K-3 Example for Driving Inductive Loads with DC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output) . . . . . . . . K-4 Redundant Controller Network Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1 Redundant Controller Installation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-2 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2 Left and Right 8-Wide I/O Interface Vertical Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Remove Jumper for Additional Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-4 Typical Vertical Mount Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-5 Top Cable Extender Bridging Left and Right I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-6 Bottom 4-Wide Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-7 Standard Configuration for an Eight Carrier Vertical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-9 Vertical DIN Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-11 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-13 Ground Wiring for System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-14
DeltaV Intrinsically Safe I/O Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-2 Grounding Requirements for I.S. I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-3 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4 Right and Left I.S. Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5
Figures
xiii
xiv
Tables
1 2 Table 2-1 3 Table 3-1 Table 3-2 Table 3-3 Table 3-4 Table 3-5 Table 3-6 Table 3-7 Table 3-8 Table 3-9 Table 3-10 Table 3-11 Table 3-12 Table 3-13 Table 3-14 Table 3-15 Table 3-16 Table 3-17 Table 3-18 Table 3-19 Table 3-20 Table 3-21 Table 3-22 Table 3-23 Table 3-24 Table 3-25 Table 3-26 A Table A-1 Table A-2 B Table B-1 Table B-2 Table B-3 Table B-4 Table B-5 Maximum Mounting Screw Torque Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 System Power Supply LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Remote Interface Unit LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Media Converter LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Single Port Fiber Switch Power LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Single Port Fiber Switch Port LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 AI Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 AI 16-Channel Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 AO Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 AS-Interface Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 DeviceNet Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 DI Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 DO Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Fieldbus H1 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Series 2 Isolated Input Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Multifunction Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Profibus DP Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Sequence of Events Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Serial Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA Card LED Checklist (includes HART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 I.S. DI, 16-Channel Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 I.S. DO, 4-Channel Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier (Top/Bottom) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8 H1 Carrier Power Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
Tables
xv
Table B-6 Table B-7 Table B-8 C Table C-1 Table C-2 Table C-3 Table C-4 Table C-5 Table C-6 Table C-7 Table C-8 Table C-9 Table C-10 Table C-11 Table C-12 Table C-13 Table C-14 Table C-15 Table C-16 Table C-17 Table C-18 Table C-19 Table C-20 Table C-21 Table C-22 Table C-23 Table C-24 Table C-25 Table C-26 Table C-27 Table C-28 Table C-29 Table C-30 Table C-31 Table C-32 Table C-33 Table C-34 Table C-35 Table C-36 Table C-37 Table C-38 Table C-39 Table C-40
I.S. Power Supply Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, Specifications (HART and Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6 AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17 AS-Interface Cable Distance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21 AS-Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-22 DeviceNet Interface Specifications (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-24 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Specifications (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-28 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-45 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-50 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-52 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54 DeltaV Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-57 Isolated Input Card Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-60 Isolated Input Card, Thermocouple and MilliVolt Input Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-61 Isolated Input Card Thermocouple Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-61 Isolated Input Card MilliVolt Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62 Isolated Input Card, Voltage Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-63 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Multifunction Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-65 Multifunction Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-66 Profibus Interface Specifications (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-68 RTD, ohms Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-70 RTD, ohms Sensor Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-71 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Sequence of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73 Sequence of Events Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-74 RS232 Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76 RS422/485 Half Duplex Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-77 RS422/485 Full Duplex Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-78 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-78 Thermocouple, mV Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-81 Thermocouple Sensor Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-82
xvi
Table C-41 Table C-42 Table C-43 Table C-44 Table C-45 Table C-46 Table C-47 Table C-48 Table C-49 Table C-50 Table C-51 Table C-52 Table C-53 Table C-54 Table C-55 Table C-56 Table C-57 Table C-58 Table C-59 Table C-60 Table C-61 Table C-62 Table C-63 Table C-64 Table C-65 Table C-66 Table C-67 Table C-68 Table C-69 Table C-70 Table C-71 Table C-72 D Table D-1 Table D-2 Table D-3 E Table E-1 Table E-2 Table E-3 Table E-4 F G
mV Sensor Type Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-83 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-85 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-87 I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-91 I.S. DO, 4-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-93 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98 Interface Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99 Isolated Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100 Profibus DP Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101 RTD, ohms Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104 32-Channel Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-107 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-109 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112 Redundant H1 Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113 Redundant Interface Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114 Mass Termination Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-116 10-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-118 16-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-119 24-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-121 40-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-123 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126 I.S.16-Channel Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-127 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-128 I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132 Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1 Remote Interface Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3 Fiber-Optic Media Converter Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6 I.S System Power Supply Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Tables
xvii
Table G-1 Table G-2 Table G-3 Table G-4 Table G-5 Table G-6 Table G-7 Table G-8 Table G-9 H Table H-1 Table H-2 Table H-3 I Table I-1 Table I-2 J Table J-1 Table J-2 K Table K-1 Table K-2 L M Table M-1 N Table N-1 Table N-2 Table N-3 Table N-4 Table N-5 Table N-6 O Table O-1 P Table P-1
10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4 Single Port Fiber Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8 Twisted Pair Control Network Cable Accessory Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8 Network Time Protocol Server IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-26 Ethernet Managed Switch IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-27 DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . H-3 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications. . . . . . . H-5 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-7 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6 Example Enclosure Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-11 LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-8 Bulk Power Provided to the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-13 Example R-C Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-2 OFF Current Limits for Input Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-3
Cable Length Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-10 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power . . . . . . N-5 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9 System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-11 System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-13 Bulk Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-15 I.S. System Power Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-16 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1
xviii
Welcome
Welcome to the Emerson Process Management DeltaV digital automation system. The DeltaV system offers easy-to-install hardware and powerful, user-friendly software for advanced process control scaled to the system size you need.
About This Manual

This manual is designed to help you install your DeltaV system and get it started up quickly. It is divided into three chapters, 15 appendices, a glossary, and an index.

Chapter 1, Overview, provides general information on the DeltaV system hardware. Chapter 2, Installing Your DeltaV System, provides recommendations for system installation preparation, lists the required tools, provides a brief description of the steps required for system installation, and includes detailed instructions and diagrams for system installation. Chapter 3, Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System, provides guidelines to help ensure that your system is installed properly and to help you troubleshoot hardware problems. The Appendices include specifications, wiring diagrams, and other detailed information on the system devices. The Glossary defines the units, abbreviations, and terms used in this manual. A more complete glossary can be found in the DeltaV Books Online.
This revision of Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System supports the hardware in DeltaV Version 8.3 and earlier. Hardware components that are not available for sale concurrent with DeltaV Version 8.3 may not be included in this document if they have been removed from sale. Retain earlier manuals that document these components.
Welcome
xix
Related Documentation
The Release News has important updates for system installation. Books Online contains a System Administration and Maintenance manual for help in troubleshooting and the Installing Your DeltaV Zone 1 Intrinsically Safe Hardware manual. The Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems contains instructions for properly preparing your site for electrical power and grounding. The Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System manual contains important information about installing a fieldbus system. The Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System Hardware manual contains information about installing DeltaV SIS hardware. Refer to page 3-42 for information on locating Hazardous Area Installation manuals, NAMUR Installation manuals and ATEX Instruction sheets.
Assumptions
It is assumed that you have read the Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems and have followed the instructions for properly preparing your site for electrical power and grounding before installing your DeltaV system. The Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems is available from your Emerson Process Management representative or sales office. This manual, Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System, shows factory tested and supported wiring connections. If your system requires a different configuration, contact your Emerson Process Management representative or sales office for help with design or review. It is assumed that all installation and maintenance procedures described in this document are performed by qualified personnel and that the equipment is used only for the purposes described.
Conventions
Warnings, cautions, notes and procedures are used in this manual to emphasize important information.
Warning
A warning describes a critical procedure that must be followed to prevent a safety risk or equipment damage.
xx
Caution
A caution describes a procedure that must be followed to prevent equipment malfunction.
Note
A note is a procedure, condition, or statement that will help you understand and operate your system.
Itemizes steps necessary to execute installation procedures.
Welcome
xxi
xxii
Chapter 1
Overview
This chapter provides general information on the DeltaV system hardware. Refer to the appendices cited in DeltaV System Equipment on page 1-2 for specifications and guidelines.
The DeltaV System

The DeltaV automation system consists of the following components:

One or more I/O subsystems that process information from field devices One or more controllers that perform local control and manage data and communications between the I/O subsystem and the Control Network Power supplies One or more workstations that provide a graphical user interface to the process A Control Network that provides communication between system nodes
Figure 1-1 shows an overview diagram of the DeltaV system.
Workstation
Primary Control Network Primary Hub Secondary Control Network Secondary Hub
System Power Supply I/O Subsystem
Controller
Figure 1-1
DeltaV System Overview Diagram
Overview
1-1
DeltaV System Equipment

The DeltaV system uses DIN rail-mounted interconnecting carriers and components that are designed for installation in an enclosure. The carriers provide power and communication connections. The I/O subsystem and the controllers are modular; they simply plug onto the carriers for installation. DeltaV system equipment consists of:
Power Controller Carriers and I/O Interface Carriers that mount horizontally or vertically on DIN rails. The number in the carrier name (such as 8wide I/O interface carrier) refers to the number of slots available for connecting the equipment to the carrier. Refer to Appendix B for carrier specifications and to Appendix M for information on vertical carriers. LocalBus that consists of an internal power bus on the Power Controller Carrier, busses on the associated I/O interface carriers, and connecting cables. The LocalBus supplies power to the controller and the I/O subsystem and provides communications connections between cards. System power (12 VDC) can be shared along the length of the LocalBus. The length of the LocalBus, including all cabling, cannot exceed 6.5 m (21.3 ft.) as shown in the following figure. The length requirement is the same for vertically mounted systems. Refer to Calculating the Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System on page M-8 for additional information.
1-2
6.5 m (21.3 ft) from start to end
Controller System Power Supply I/O Subsystem
I/O Subsystem
Figure 1-2
LocalBus
DeltaV I/O subsystem that includes I/O terminal blocks and I/O cards. Terminal blocks snap onto the I/O interface carrier to provide screw terminations for field wiring. I/O cards snap over the I/O terminal block on the carrier and convert field signals to a digital format for control and communications. You can install the I/O terminal blocks and connect field wiring before installing the other devices, thus reducing installation and maintenance costs. Many of the DeltaV Series 2 cards support redundancy. Series 2, redundant capable cards are configured, autosensed, upgraded, and operated just like the pre-Series 2 cards. Series 2 simplex cards can function as drop-in replacements for pre-Series 2 simplex cards of the same type. Refer to Appendix C for more information on the I/O subsystem. DeltaV Controller that performs local control and manages communication between the I/O subsystem and the Control Network. It mounts on the right slot of the 2-wide Power Controller carrier for horizontal installations and to the right of a power supply on the 4-wide Power Controller carrier for vertical installations.
Overview
1-3
You can add an additional controller for controller redundancy. Refer to Appendix D for DeltaV controller specifications.
DeltaV system power. The DeltaV system supports a system power supply (AC/DC), a system passthrough power supply (DC/DC), and a system power supply (Dual DC/DC) as well as an Intrinsically Safe system power supply. Refer to Appendix J for system power guidelines. DeltaV Workstations that provide graphical user interfaces to help you configure your system, perform extensive diagnostic checks, operate your process, and gather reporting and historical data. The DeltaV System Identifier, shipped in your License Pack, is a connector that plugs into the parallel printer port or Universal Serial Bus (USB) on your ProfessionalPLUS workstation. It gives each DeltaV system a unique identification that allows you to install or download changes to the system. The system identifier is not required for the system to continue running or to restart the system after it has been running. Refer to Appendix F for workstation specifications. Fault-tolerant server that provides fault-tolerance through redundancy of the major hardware sub-systems. The fault-tolerant server can be used as the hardware platform for DeltaV Application stations. Refer to Appendix F for information on the fault-tolerant server. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) that backs up the DeltaV controller and the DeltaV workstations during short-term power outages. The UPS allows the controller and workstations to continue operating and to maintain current process data when AC main power is down. Bulk power supplies supply power to the system or to field devices. Power to the system is isolated from power to field devices. Refer to Appendix H for bulk power supply specifications.
DeltaV Control Network

The Control Network is an isolated Ethernet local area network (LAN) that provides communication between the controllers and workstations. It uses standard Ethernet hubs and switches for communications connections. An optional 10Base-T/100BaseTX switch can be added for networks with more than 20 controllers and 32 nodes. The Control Network is dedicated to the DeltaV system. A separate Ethernet interface is provided via the DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS and Application Station to connect the DeltaV system to a plant-wide LAN. The primary way to connect a plant LAN to the DeltaV system is through either or both the ProfessionalPLUS and Application station. The only way to run non-DeltaV applications (other than Microsoft Excel) is through a DeltaV Application Station.
1-4
Caution
Connecting unapproved non-DeltaV equipment to the DeltaV Control Network can cause unpredictable operation of the system.
The DeltaV Control Network has been designed to be redundant for communications reliability. The Control Network is composed of Primary and Secondary communication channels that are implemented with separate Ethernet NIC cards as well as separate network hubs and switches for each channel. Standard Category 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP) cable must be used for Control Networks with distances of up to 100 meters (328 feet) between Ethernet ports. Refer to Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules on page G-7 for cable specifications. For distances of up 2 kilometers (6562 feet) between Ethernet ports, 19 inch rack-mounted switches with a fiber-optic interface or small form factor switches with fiber-optic ports can be used. Refer to Single Port Fiber Switch on page G-5 for information on a small form factor switch with fiber-optic ports. Be sure to specify the fiber-optic option when ordering the 19 inch rack-mounted switch. Also, fiber-optic communication channels are preferable when:
Possible electromagnetic noise interference might exist and standard cable does not provide sufficient protection. Ground isolation and protection from near lightning strikes are required for building to building communication links.
The following sections contain network diagrams that provide an overview of possible network configurations for DeltaV systems. Refer to Appendix G for detailed installation diagrams and instructions including requirements for Ethernet shield orientations, rules for connecting switches in cascade and star topologies, identification of fiber-optic and twisted pair cable connectors, switch configuration, and other important installation requirements. If your DeltaV system consists of one workstation and one controller only, you can connect the DeltaV network without using a hub. The cable must be routed directly from the workstation to the controller. Figure 1-3 shows an example of a no hub system. Figure G-11 shows the pinout for a cable in a no hub system.
Overview
1-5
Workstation
Controller
No hub cable, shielded connectors at both ends
Figure 1-3
No Hub System Example
Note
The no-hub cable is for systems with no Control Network Hub. Its wiring is different than that of the standard Ethernet cables used with DeltaV Control Network Hubs.
Workstation
Controller
Primary Hub
Secondary Hub
ScTP Cat.5(e) Cable Maximum Length: 100 m (328 ft) ScTP Cat.5(e) Cable Maximum Length: 100 m (328 ft)
Figure 1-4
Control Network Example (2 nodes)
1-6
Workstation
Primary Hub
Secondary Hub
System Power Supply, Controller, and I/O Subsystem
Legend: Primary Control Network Secondary Control Network
Figure 1-5
Control Network Example (8 nodes)
DeltaV Remote Network

The DeltaV Remote Network is an Ethernet 10/100BaseT local area network (LAN) that provides communications between remote workstations and the DeltaV system. The DeltaV Remote Network can be a dedicated LAN that contains only DeltaV remote workstations, or it can be the plant-wide LAN that contains other personal computers or ethernet devices such as printers. A DeltaV Remote Network uses one or more Ethernet hubs or switches for communications connections. A router must be used to minimize network traffic between the plant-wide LAN and the DeltaV system. The DeltaV Remote Network is connected to the DeltaV system through a DeltaV Application Station or the ProfessionalPLUS workstation running DeltaV Remote Access Server (RAS). To support the engineering applications and the DeltaV Guardian application on remote workstations and to upload displays from any workstation, the remote network must also be connected to the ProfessionalPLUS
Overview 1-7
workstation. To support accessing batch data or to control batches from any workstation, the remote network also must be connected to the Application station.
Note
The Application Station and ProfessionalPLUS nodes are not automatically designated as remote servers during the installation process. If you enable remote network redundancy for your remote nodes when you configure the workstation in DeltaV Explorer, you must also enable remote network redundancy (in DeltaV Explorer) for the ProfessionalPLUS and any of the Application Station nodes that are connected to the remote network. If remote network redundancy is not enabled, you will be unable to view the data remotely if the Primary network connection is lost.
The DeltaV Remote Network can be simplex or redundant. Additional Ethernet interface cards, separate from the control network interfaces, can be added to the Application Station and ProfessionalPLUS workstations to support the DeltaV Remote Network. The wiring and installation for the remote network should follow the same guidelines as the control network. Refer to Wiring Guidelines on page 2-4 and Control Network Installation Requirements on page 2-38. The remote network is also designed to support various network connectivity options, such as Microwave or leased line type connections as well as standard direct LAN connections. When using a slow network link option, remote workstations can be connected through a Remote Application Station. The Remote Application Station is connected through an Application Station on the DeltaV Control Network. This type of connection increases communication performance through the slow network link. There are many possible remote network layouts for various system sizes and connection options. Figure 1-6 shows a remote network dedicated to the DeltaV
1-8
system. Both the Application Station and the ProfessionalPLUS workstation are functioning as Remote Access Servers (RAS)
Remote operator station Primary remote network Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch
Remote operator station
Remote operator station Secondary remote network
Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch
Primary control network Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch
Pro Plus
Operator station
Operator station
App station Secondary control network Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch
Figure 1-6
Dedicated Remote Network
Overview
1-9
Figure 1-7 shows the use of a router to minimize network traffic between the DeltaV system and a remote plant LAN. Both the Application Station and the ProfessionalPLUS workstation are functioning as Remote Access Servers (RAS).
Plant LAN
Router Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch
Primary control network
Pro Plus
Operator station
Operator station
App station Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch Secondary control network
Figure 1-7
Remote Plant-Wide LAN Connected to a DeltaV System
1-10
Chapter 2
Installing Your DeltaV System

This chapter provides detailed instructions and diagrams for system installation. It includes recommendations for planning the installation and provides a brief overview of the steps required for system installation. This chapter describes installations that are mounted vertically on horizontal carriers. For installations that are mounted on vertical carriers, refer to Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers. For Class I Division 2 installations, refer to the document DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Division 2 Installation Instructions, (12P1293) on the DeltaV CD on Disk4\_Support\Supplemental Docs. For Zone 2 installations, refer to the document DeltaV Scalable Process System, Zone 2 Installation Instructions, (12P2046) on the DeltaV CD on Disk4\_Support\Supplemental Docs. For NAMUR installations, refer to the document DeltaV NAMUR Installation Instructions, (12P2822) on the DeltaV CD on Disk4\_Support\Supplemental Docs. For Marine Certified installations, adhere to the following installation requirements that allow the DeltaV system to support the reduced EMC interference requirements at the Marine Navigation Frequencies:
Install the DeltaV system in an IP66/NEMA 4 enclosure with EMC-reduction shielding such as the Stahl Series 8125/8126 enclosures or equivalent. Include an EMC power line filter such as a Tyco S Series or equivalent on all DC input leads at the DeltaV systems IP66 enclosure.
Notes
All electrical installations must conform to applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. All installation and maintenance procedures described in this document must be performed by qualified personnel and all equipment must be used only for the purposes described. If the equipment is used in a manner not specified, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
CE Statement
Note This manual describes installation and maintenance procedures for products that have been tested to be in compliance with appropriate CE directives. To maintain compliance, these products must be installed and maintained according to the procedures described in this document. Failure to follow the procedures may compromise compliance.
2-1
Installation Planning
The appendices in this manual contain background information to help you plan system installation.

Appendix A Environmental Specifications Appendix B Carrier Specifications Appendix C Interface Specifications Appendix D Controller Specifications Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications Appendix G Control Network Specifications Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications Appendix I Cabinet and Enclosure Specifications Appendix J System Power Guidelines Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines Appendix L Controller Redundancy Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers Appendix N Installation Worksheets Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O
2-2
Tools Required for Installation

You need the following tools to install a DeltaV system:

Standard electrical tools (voltmeter, wire cutter, wire stripper, pliers, screwdriver) Standard installation tools (screwdrivers, drill with standard bits) Ethernet cable tools (crimper, cable tester)
Please see the workstation instructions for information on the tools needed to install the workstation and its peripherals.
2-3
Wiring Guidelines
The power and grounding terminals and field termination points on the I/O subsystem and the system power supplies are designed to accept 2.5 mm (14 AWG) stranded or solid wire. To select wire, calculate the maximum current limit expected for each wire. Local electrical codes define the wire size required for a specific current. Shielded twisted pair wiring is recommended for low-level signal wiring to reduce susceptibility to noise. You can order an I/O carrier with a shield bar (to terminate the shields from field wiring) or without a shield bar (where termination is not necessary).
2-4
Torque Limits
When you install the DIN rails and DeltaV equipment, do not exceed the maximum torque limits for the mounting screws (listed in Table 2-1).
Table 2-1 Maximum Mounting Screw Torque Limits Item Bulk power supply DIN rail latching I/O terminal block field terminations I/O terminal block protection cover I/O card Controller Media Converter System Power Supply Torque Limit on Mounting Screw(s) 2.84 Nm (25 in-lb) 1.32 Nm (12 in-lb) 0.45 Nm (4 in-lb) 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb) 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb) 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb) 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb) 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)
2-5
Getting Started with DeltaV Hardware

This section provides a brief description of the steps required for system installation. Specific information on installation steps 17 is included in this chapter. Specific information on step 8 is included in Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System on page 3-1. The appendices in this manual include product specifications and detailed information. Refer to Appendix M for information on installing DeltaV hardware on vertical carriers. The following steps for installation are listed in the most common order. You can elect to perform these steps in another order that is more convenient for your project.
Caution
The DeltaV I/O Cards and Controller must be mounted vertically on the horizontal carrier for cooling purposes.
1. Install the DIN rails and DeltaV Carriers. Install the DIN rails. Install the power/controller carrier and I/O interface carrier on the DIN rails.
2.
Install the DeltaV I/O Interface. Check the key settings on the I/O terminal blocks and install them on the I/O interface carrier. Connect field wiring. Install the I/O cards on the I/O interface carrier.
2-6
3. Install the DeltaV Controller. Install the controller on the power/controller carrier.
4. Install the DeltaV System Power Supply. Install the system power supply on the power/controller carrier. Connect the supply inputs. See Figure J-7 and Figure J-8 for power system overview.
5. Install the DeltaV Workstation and Servers. Follow the instructions supplied with your workstation and Server. Install the system identifier. Follow the instructions supplied with your printer and UPS.
2-7
6. Set up the DeltaV Control Network. Install the hub or switch. Install the network cables between nodes.
7. Connect power to the system and power up. Install the bulk power supply and connect the supply inputs. Power up the system. 8. Check out the installation. Check cable connections. Check power supply voltages. Check indicators on the devices and cards. Test field wiring connections.
9. Read the manual Getting Started with your DeltaV Digital Automation System for information on the software applications for the DeltaV system.
2-8
Installing the System

The following sections describe how to:

Install the DIN rails and carriers Connect bussed field power Install the DeltaV I/O interface, Controller, System Power Supply, Workstations, and Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) Setup the DeltaV Control Network Connect Power to the System Setup the DeltaV Remote Network Setup a Network Time Server
2-9
Installing the DIN Rails and Carriers

The power/controller carriers and 8-wide I/O interface carriers install on standard 35 mm (1.38 in.) T- or G-type DIN rails. If you use T-type rails, use the heavier (15mmdeep) rails because they better accommodate the weight distribution of DeltaV equipment. The optional carrier shield bar provides a connection point for field shield wires for the I/O interface carrier. You cannot connect a vertical carrier to a horizontal carrier or a horizontal carrier to a vertical carrier. You must choose one carrier configuration. Refer to Appendix M for information on installing vertical DIN rails and carriers.
Caution
The DeltaV I/O Cards and Controller must be installed vertically on the horizontal carrier for cooling purposes.
2-10
DIN Rail Recommendations

Figure 2-1 shows suggested spacing for DIN rail installation on your mounting surface. To avoid clearance problems with the heads of mounting screws, avoid using screws at the following locations, as shown in Figure 2-2:
An area 1.3 cm (0.5 in.) wide, centered 4.5 cm (1.75 in.) from the left side of a 2-wide power/controller carrier An area 1.3 cm (0.5 in.) wide, centered 8.3 cm (3.25 in.) from either side of an 8-wide I/O interface carrier
If more than one carrier is needed, connect carriers end-to-end on one rail or stack them on separate rails by using a DeltaV LocalBus Cable. See Appendix B for carrier specifications.
DIN Rail (Note) Top Edge of Mounting Surface I/O Card (Reference) DIN Rail (Note) (T-type shown)
16 cm (6.3 in.)
34 cm (13.4 in.)
DIN Rail (Note) I/O Terminal Block (Reference) I/O Carrier (Reference) Mounting Surface
20 cm (7.9 in.)
20 cm (7.9 in.)
13.4 cm (5.3 in.)
Front View
NOTE: Rails may be T- or G- type.
Side View
Figure 2-1
DIN Rail Installation
2-11
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier
1.3 cm (0.5 in.) 1.3 cm (0.5 in.)
DIN Rail
4.5 cm (1.75 in.)
8.3 cm (3.25 in.)
8.3 cm (3.25 in.)
Avoid using DIN rail mounting screws in these areas.
Figure 2-2
Screw Clearance Guidelines for DIN Rail Mounting
2-12
Installing the 2-Wide Power Controller Carrier
To install the 2-wide power/controller carrier
Refer to Figure 2-3. 1. Install the DIN rail at the appropriate location. 2. Connect each power/controller carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding the 48pin connectors on the sides of the carriers together. 3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the power/controller carrier to disengage the latch. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch.
Note
The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the upper and lower screws are for T-rail mounting.
2-Wide Power/ Controller Carrier DIN Rail Latching Screws for G-Rail
Latching Screws for T-Rail
Figure 2-3
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Installation
Note
2-wide carriers should be installed to the left of any 8-wide carriers.
2-13
Installing the 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier
To install the 8-wide I/O interface carrier
Refer to Figure 2-4 and Figure 2-5. 1. Install the DIN rail at the appropriate location. 2. Connect each I/O interface carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding together the 48-pin connectors on the sides of the carriers. 3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the I/O interface carrier to disengage the latch. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch. The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the upper and lower screws are for T-rail mounting.
Figure 2-4
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation
2-14
4. If you are installing I/O interface carriers on separate rails, connect them with the LocalBus cable from the 48-pin connector on the right side of one carrier to the 48-pin connector on the left side of the next carrier. 5. Install the carrier ground wiring as shown in Figure 2-5.
Note
The figures in this manual depict a DeltaV system that occupies a single enclosure and show the carrier shield bar connected to an isolated common ground reference. If multiple enclosures are used, connect the carrier shield bar to the enclosure frame. Refer to the Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems for detailed information on system grounding.
Caution
The screw connection labeled DC Reference Ground in Figure 2-5 is to be used for reference ground only. Do not use the other three connections.
Figure 2-5 shows the carrier ground wiring diagram for the System Power Supplies.
2-15
Isolated Common Ground Reference
Dedicated Plant Ground Grid Point DC Reference Ground
2-Wide Power/ Controller Carrier
Optional Carrier Shield Bar
Connect to Shield Bar on Next I/O Carrier
Figure 2-5
Carrier Ground Wiring Diagram Example 1
2-16
Connecting Bussed Field Power

Each pair of slots on both the vertical and horizontal I/O carriers have four screw terminals for bussed field power. Two of the terminals are for the supply connection and two of the terminals are for the supply return connection. Each bussed field power connection routes power to two adjacent I/O cards. You can use a different bulk power supply for each bussed field power connection or you can extend power to another pair of I/O cards. The bussed field power connection provides power to two adjacent I/O cards to power field devices. Cards 1 and 2 are paired together and must use the same field voltage level. Similarly, cards 3 and 4 must use the same field voltage level, although this level can be different from cards 1 and 2.
Caution
Ensure that the bussed field power connection to each carrier slot is correct for the card being installed in the slot. Card damage can result during installation if there is a mismatch between the field power voltage at the carrier slot and the card installed in the slot.
You can extend bussed field power if the addition of the next two I/O cards does not exceed the 6.5 A rating of the connection to the source. Supply the same voltage at bussed field power to all cards on a carrier whenever possible. Figure 2-6 shows the screw terminal assignments on the bussed field power connector.
Note
The decision to extend bussed field power depends on plant standards and procedures. However, if separate power supplies, breakers, or shutdown switches are required, it is not recommended that bussed field power be extended. Field power for one pair of I/O cards can be extended to additional pairs of I/O cards only if they have the same field voltage requirements.
Supply clean bussed field power to the I/O carrier and to use inductive noise reduction techniques on I/O signals. Refer to Appendix K for bussed field power guidelines.
Warning
2-17
Warning
If extending bussed field power, removing the connector will remove power from all extended connectors.
Warning
If more than one bussed power source is used, place a label near the bussed field power connectors containing the following English and French statements: WARNING: MORE THAN ONE LIVE CIRCUIT. SEE INSTALLATION DIAGRAM. AVERTISSEMENT: CT EQUIPMENT RENFERME PLUSIEURS CICUITS SOUS TENSION. VOIR LE SCHMA DINSTALLATION
Supply Connection Supply Return Connection Supply Return Connection
Bussed Field Power Connector Connections on Printed Wire Board Connector Top View I/O Interface Carrier
I/O Interface Carrier
Front View
Figure 2-6
Bussed Field Power Connector
2-18
Keys supplied with the two-part connector prevent damage to the cards if an incorrect power source is connected after the cards are installed. Install the keys in each field power connector based on the power source you connect to that connector. Because bussed field power can be supplied separately to each half of a connector, make sure you install keys in each side. Figure 2-7 is an example for 120 VAC only.
Back View Bussed Field Power Connector d Long Beveled Key c b a d c b a Beveled Keyway
Short Beveled Key
I/O Interface Carrier Connector on Carrier PC Board
D C B A D C B A
Beveled Keyway
Figure 2-7
Example of Bussed Field Power Keying Connections (for 120 VAC Only)
2-19
You can set up any standard that meets your needs for the keying scheme. Figure 2-8 shows an example keying scheme.
Keying for First Two Slots Keying for Adjacent Slots
Removable Field Power Connector a b c d a b c d
First Two Slots Bussed Field Power Voltage 24 VDC Slots with Keys Installed ABCd ABcD AbCD
120 VAC 230 VAC
Connector Mounted on Printed Wire Board
Figure 2-8
Bussed Field Power Keying Scheme Example
Note
This connector can be used for both DC and AC power.

To wire the bulk power supply for bussed field power
1. If the bussed field power supplies one pair of I/O cards only and is not extended to additional I/O cards, connect wiring to the assigned screw terminal connection on the top of the I/O interface carrier as shown in Figure 2-9.
Note
You might prefer to remove the screw terminal connector to install wiring and replace it on the I/O interface carrier after wiring is installed.
2-20
Connection for Two I/O Cards
Connection for Adjacent I/O Cards
First Supply Return Connection DC + AC N L
Second Supply Return Connection DC + AC N L
First Supply Connection
Second Supply Connection
Figure 2-9
Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram
2. If the bussed field power is extended to additional I/O cards, connect wiring to the assigned screw terminal connection on the top of the I/O interface carrier as shown in Figure 2-10.
Warning
When power is extended, removing the connector will break the connection between the power supply and downstream devices.
Connection for Two Modules
Connection for Adjacent Modules
DC +
AC N L
Return Supply
Return Supply
DC +
AC N L
Add Jumper Wires to Extend Power
Optional Wires to Extend Power to Next Connector Slots
Figure 2-10 Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram (Extended Power)
See Figure J-7 on page J-14 and Figure J-8 on page J-15 for power supply overview.
2-21
Installing Extender Cables

When carriers are installed on separate DIN rails, extender cables are used to extend LocalBus power. Extender cables connect to one-wide carriers on the left and right sides of the 2-wide and 8-wide carriers. A standard installation uses one extender cable; however, dual extender cables can also be used. The following procedure is for a standard installation that uses one carrier extender cable.
To install carrier extender cables
1. Install the right and left-side one-wide extender cable carriers by sliding together the 48 pin connectors on the sides of the carriers. Refer to Figure B-4. 2. Connect the 44-pin D-shell (male) connector on the extender cable to the top Dshell connector labeled A on the right-side carrier and fasten the retainer screws. 3. Connect the 44-pin D-shell connector on the other end of the cable to the top D-shell connector labeled A on the left-side carrier and fasten the retainer screws.
2-22
Installing the DeltaV I/O Interface

To install the I/O interface, install the I/O terminal blocks on the I/O interface carrier and connect field wiring to the I/O terminal blocks. Next, install the I/O cards on the I/O interface carrier. The steps for installing both simplex and redundant terminal blocks are discussed in the following procedures. Refer to Appendix C Interface Specifications for interface specifications.
To install an I/O terminal block
Refer to Figure 2-11 and Figure 2-12. 1. Check the key settings on the corresponding I/O card, and set the keys on the I/O terminal block to match. See I/O Interface Keying on page C-128 for information on key settings. 2. Locate the assigned slot location on the I/O interface carrier. Place the tabs on the back of the I/O terminal block through the slots on the carrier and push the I/O terminal block up to lock it into place as shown in Figure 2-11.
Figure 2-11 I/O Terminal Block Installation
2-23
3. Connect field wiring for the I/O terminal block as shown in Figure 2-12 or in the I/O card wiring diagrams in Appendix C Interface Specifications. See Appendix C for information on serial card terminal assignments.
Note
Field wiring connections are specific to the I/O card type associated with the I/O terminal block.
I/O Card (Reference)
Fuses Odd
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
Even
I/O Interface Carrier (Reference) I/O Terminal Block
10
12
14
16
Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Bottom View
Right Side View
Figure 2-12 I/O Terminal Block Channel Assignments
Note
The channel assignments in Figure 2-12 pertain to the I/O terminal block, the fused I/O terminal block, and the 4-wire terminal block. For all other terminal block applications, see Appendix C Interface Specifications.
2-24

Warning
To install an I/O card
Before installing a card in a carrier slot, ensure that the bussed field power voltage at the slot matches the field power requirements for the card. Card damage can result during installation if there is a mismatch between the field power voltage at a carrier slot and the card installed in the slot.
Refer to Figure 2-13. 1. Locate the assigned slot on the I/O interface carrier.
Warning
I/O cards are designed to be installed on terminal blocks. If you temporarily install a card on the carrier without a terminal block, be sure to carefully align the pins on the card with the connector on the carrier to prevent damage to the pins.
2. Align the connectors on the I/O card with the connectors on the I/O carrier and the I/O terminal block and push to attach. 3. Tighten the mounting screw.
2-25
Figure 2-13 I/O Card Installation
2-26
To install a redundant terminal block
Read DeltaV Series 2 I/O on page C-3 before installing a redundant terminal block. 1. Check the key settings on the corresponding Series 2 cards and set the keys on the terminal block to match. Refer to I/O Interface Keying on page C-128 for information on key settings. 2. Locate the assigned slot location on the I/O interface carrier. Remember that the lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. Place the tabs on the back of the I/O terminal block through the slots on the carrier and push the I/O terminal block up to lock it into place as shown in Figure 2-11. 3. Connect the field wiring for the redundant I/O terminal blocks as shown in the Series 2 card wiring diagrams and redundant terminal block figures in Appendix C Interface Specifications.
To install a redundant I/O card
A redundant I/O card consists of two Series 2 cards installed in a redundant terminal block. Read DeltaV Series 2 I/O on page C-3 before installing a redundant I/O card. 1. Locate the assigned slots on the I/O interface carrier. 2. Align the connectors on the I/O card with the connectors on the I/O carrier and the redundant I/O terminal block and push to attach. 3. Tighten the mounting screws.
2-27
Installing the DeltaV Controller

For simplex controller systems, the controller mounts on the right slot of the 2-wide power/controller carrier. See Appendix D for controller specifications. For redundant controller systems, refer to the information in Appendix L.
Note
You can use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to back up the controller power during short-term power outages. The UPS allows the controller to continue operating and to maintain current process data even when AC main power is down. See Appendix D for installation information. See UPS manufacturers specifications for all other UPS information.
To install the controller
Refer to Figure 2-14. 1. Align the connectors on the back of the controller with the connectors on the right slot of the 2-wide power/controller carrier and push to attach. 2. Tighten the mounting screw.
Figure 2-14 Controller Installation 2-28 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Installing the DeltaV System Power Supply

The system power supply takes line power or power from a bulk power supply and converts it to 12 VDC power to drive the controller and I/O cards. The system power supply mounts on either slot of the 2-wide power/controller carrier. For mounting on a 4-wide power/controller carrier refer to Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers. This section describes the connections for a simplex system power supply. See Appendix E for system power supply specifications and for details on redundancy.
To install the system power supply
Refer to Figure 2-15 through Figure 2-19. 1. Connect the input supply wires to the input power connection on the top of the system power supply. Figure 2-15 shows input supply wiring for the system power supply (AC/DC). Figure 2-16 shows input supply wiring for the system passthrough power supply (DC/DC). Figure 2-17 shows the input supply wiring for the system power supply (Dual DC/DC). If you have secondary system power supplies, connect the input supply drops to each system power supply as shown in Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications.
Warning
Always remove input power to the supply before connecting or disconnecting the input power connection. The connector should not interrupt current flow and could be damaged if actuated under a load condition.
2-29
Top View
Note
AC Power Distribution G N L
Carrier
Ground (AC) Neutral (AC) Line (AC) Front View
System Power Supply
System Power Supply Controller
I/O Subsystem
System Power Supply Alarm Relay Connector Note: Hard Wired to Power Source Carrier
Bottom View
Figure 2-15 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (AC/DC)
See Figure J-7 on page J-14 and Figure J-8 on page J-15 for a power supply and grounding overview.
2-30
12 VDC Power Distribution
Top View Carrier
A B C
System Power Supply
Front View
System Power Supply Controller I/O Subsystem
System Power Supply Alarm Relay Connector Carrier
Connector Legend: 12 VDC VDC Return (Ground) No Connection
Bottom View
Figure 2-16 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC)
2-31
Top View 12 VDC or 24 VDC Power Distribution Carrier
A B C D Front View
System Power Supply
System Power Supply Controller I/O Subsystem System Power Supply Alarm Relay Connector Carrier
Connector Legend:
A B C D 12 VDC 12 VDC Return (Ground) 24 VDC 24 VDC Return (Ground)
Bottom View
Figure 2-17 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)
See Figure J-7 on page J-14 and Figure J-8 on page J-15 for a power supply and grounding overview. 2. Install alarm contact wiring as shown in Figure 2-18.
Note
The alarm relay contact is closed during normal operation. The alarm relay is shown open (unpowered condition) in the following figure.
2-32
Alarm Relay Contact Normally Open (Shelf Condition)
First System Power Supply
Optional Additional System Power Supplies
... Dry Contact Input
Figure 2-18 System Power Supply Alarm Contact Wiring (Unpowered Condition)
3. Align the system power supply with the connector on the 2-wide power/controller carrier and push to attach, as shown in Figure 2-19. Tighten the mounting screw.
Figure 2-19 System Power Supply Installation Installing Your DeltaV System 2-33
Installing the DeltaV Workstation

To install the DeltaV Workstation, connect the workstation components, install the DeltaV System Identifier (one per system), install the printer (if used), and install the UPS (if used). Connect the workstation and its associated peripherals to one power distribution and system ground. After hardware installation, refer to the Release News on the DeltaV CD-ROM for information on installing DeltaV software on the workstation.
To install the workstation
Refer to Figure 2-20. 1. Follow the instructions supplied with your workstation to connect the monitor, keyboard, and mouse to the central processing unit (CPU). Refer to the documentation supplied with your workstation for details on the I/O ports. 2. If the DeltaV label is not installed on your workstation monitor, apply it to the lower right corner of the monitor faceplate, as shown in Figure 2-21. 3. Install the system identifier on the parallel printer port or Universal Serial Bus (USB). 4. Refer to the documentation supplied with your printer for hardware installation information.
AC Power Distribution Monitor CPU Printer
System Identifier Uninterruptible Power Supply
Figure 2-20 Workstation Installation
2-34
TM
Figure 2-21 Monitor Label Installation
2-35
Installing the DeltaV Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

The DeltaV UPS backs up the DeltaV Workstation during short-term power outages. The UPS allows the workstation to continue operating and to maintain current process data even when AC main power is down. The UPS must be mounted upright on a level surface, such as a floor or a work surface, for proper operation. The UPS is not rack-mountable or DIN rail-mountable. We recommend that you use a separate UPS for each device to provide maximum backup time. If you use the UPS to provide backup for your workstation, follow the instructions included with the UPS to connect it to the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and to the monitor. See page D-5 for UPS specifications and page D-7 for information on the Liebert MultiLink software. If you use the UPS to provide backup for your controller, see Appendix D Controller Specifications for installation information.
Note
Refer to UPS manual for hold time and LED/Alarm indications.
Setting up the DeltaV Control Network

An overview of the DeltaV Control Network is provided on page 1-4. The standard Control Network is an isolated Ethernet local area network (LAN) that provides communication between the controllers and workstations. It uses one or more Ethernet hubs or switches for communications connections. The Control Network is dedicated to the DeltaV system; no other devices can be attached. (See the Caution on page 1-5). A separate Ethernet interface is provided through the DeltaV Application Station or ProfessionalPLUS to connect the DeltaV system to a plantwide LAN. To minimize the traffic on the plant-wide LAN, configure a router to filter the IP addresses. Refer to the DeltaV Books Online for more information on configuring a router. Refer to Books Online on page 3-41 for information on accessing the DeltaV online books. This section provides basic hub installation examples and includes cable-specific information and requirements for installing the Control Network. Refer to Appendix G for detailed installation requirements for both hubs and switches and for cable specifications. Appendix G provides details on cable shield orientations and contains diagrams that show switches connected in cascade and star topologies, fiber-optic and twisted pair cable connections, and switch configuration. To set up the Control Network, install the hub and connect network communication cables between nodes (controllers and workstations). The hubs can stand alone or can
2-36 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
be linked (cascaded) to other hubs. Each hub is equivalent to a single IEEE 802.3 repeater (1 hop). The number of hops that are allowed and the maximum distance between each hop varies with the type of hub and whether the link is 10Mbit or 100Mbit. 10Mbit links allow four hops and 100Mbit links allow two hops. If your DeltaV system consists of one workstation and one controller only, you can connect the DeltaV network without using a hub. The cable must be routed directly from the workstation to the controller. Figure 2-22 shows an example of a no hub system.
Workstation Controller
No hub cable, shielded connectors at both ends
Figure 2-22 No Hub System Example
Note
No-hub cable, also called crossover cable, is for systems with no Control Network Hub. Its wiring is different from that of the straight-through Ethernet cables used with DeltaV Control Network Hubs.
2-37
Control Network Installation Requirements

The Control Network installer must ensure that the following requirements are met:
All Cat5-Twisted Pair (TP) and fiber-optic cables should be made, installed, and tested by an experienced LAN installer. A DeltaV system can have a maximum of four repeater hops on the Control Network (a maximum of four hubs can be linked together in series). 10Mbit networks allow four repeater hops and 100Mbit networks allow two repeater hops. For Cat5 TP cables be sure that: All cables are made from screened Category 5 cable with a maximum length of 100 m (328 ft) and an insulated conductor diameter of 0.89 to 0.99 mm (0.035 to 0.040 in). Straight-through cables are terminated with RJ45 connectors to EIA/TIA 568B pin-outs at both ends. Crossover cables are terminated with RJ45 connectors to 568B pinouts on one end and 568A pinouts on the opposite end. Cables used to cascade hubs and switches have an unshielded connector on one end and a shielded connector on the opposite end. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for construction information. Unshielded RJ45 connectors are used at all workstation connections. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for construction information. Shielded RJ45 connectors are used at all controller connections and all hub and switch connections to nodes. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for construction information. All cables are tested with the Microtest PentaScannerTM testing tool. Ethernet wall outlets, punchdown blocks, and patch panels are not supported. For fiber-optic cables used with hub distance extenders be sure that: All cables are made from 62.5/125 micron multimode, graded index, glass silica, fiber core cable with a maximum length of 2000 m (6560 ft). Fiber-optic cables are terminated with ST, SC, or MTRJ connectors depending upon the device that is being installed. All cables are tested for attenuation with an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR). Cables should meet fiber-optic inter-repeater link standards. For fiber-optic cables used with media converters (multi-mode or single-mode) follow media converter manufacturers requirements.
2-38
Caution
Substandard cables can create serious communication problems. Make sure all cables meet the specifications listed in Appendix G Control Network Specifications.
To install the 10Mbit hub
1. Follow the instructions supplied with the hub. 2. For connecting hubs together, refer to the instructions supplied with the hub for cascading or stacking hubs.
Workstation
Hub Controller
Controller
Figure 2-23 Cascaded 10 Mbit Hub Installation
2-39
To install the control network cables
1. Make and test the required Control Network cables. See Appendix G for cable guidelines and specifications. Select the appropriate cable type on the cable test tool and follow the detailed instructions in the test tools manual.
Note
You must connect the test equipment to both ends of the cable to test it properly. The testing tool checks each cable based on its type and issues a Pass or Fail reading. Make sure the cable passes each test. The tests supported by the Microtest PentaScanner testing tool include the following:

Cable mapping Length Crosstalk Attenuation Attenuation-to-crosstalk ratio Impedance Loop resistance Capacitance
Caution
Substandard cables can create serious communication problems. Make sure all cables meet the specifications listed in Appendix G Control Network Specifications.
2. If you have a simplex Control Network, connect the unshielded end of a network cable to the twisted pair port on the primary Network Interface Card (NIC) and connect the shielded end of the cable to the primary hub as shown in Figure 2-24.
2-40
Shielded connector
Unshielded connector
Figure 2-24 Simplex Control Network Cable Connections
Note
For hub-to-hub connections, one end of the cable must have unshielded connectors.
For redundant Control Networks, be sure to verify the NIC binding order to differentiate between the primary and secondary NICs. 3. If you have a redundant Control Network, connect the unshielded end of a network cable to the twisted pair port on the workstations primary NIC and connect the shielded end of the cable to the primary hub as shown in Figure 225. Connect another cable from the twisted pair port on the workstations secondary NIC to the secondary hub. It is helpful to identify the Control Network cables with color-coded boots. Emerson Process Management recommends the following conventions: a yellow color-coded boot for the primary Control Network cable and a black color-coded boot for the secondary Control Network cable.
Note
Make sure you are consistent in your primary and secondary network connections so they are not crosswired.
2-41
Primary hub
Shielded connector
Secondary hub
Primary NIC unshielded connector
Shielded connector
Secondary NIC unshielded connector
Figure 2-25 Redundant Control Network Cable Connections
Note
For hub-to-hub connections, one end of the cable must have unshielded connectors.
4. Connect network cables from the hub(s) to the RJ45 connectors on the bottom of each controller. The front connector is for the primary Control Network and the rear connector is for the secondary Control Network. Refer to Figure 2-26 to locate the connectors.
2-42
Shielded connectors Secondary Primary
Figure 2-26 Control Network Cable Connections for a Simplex Controller
2-43
Connecting the Control Network to a Plant LAN

A plant LAN can be connected to the DeltaV system through the DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS and Application Station to provide a gateway between the DeltaV Control Network and other networks. To minimize the traffic on the plant-wide LAN and to provide security, configure a router to filter the IP addresses. Refer to your routers documentation for information on how to configuring it. The DeltaV Professional, Operator, and Base workstations should not provide the connection to a plant LAN or gateway and should not run non-DeltaV applications (other than those listed in the Compatibility Chart in the DeltaV Release News).
Caution
Do not use a DeltaV Control Network card from any DeltaV Workstation for the plant LAN connection, even if the card is not currently being used in system communications. Use the Network Connections utility to verify which cards are configured for the DeltaV Control Network. Click Start|Programs|Accessories|Communications|Network Connections to open the utility.
To connect the DeltaV Control Network to a plant LAN
Refer to Figure 2-27. 1. Connect the DeltaV Control Network to the plant LAN through the ProfessionalPLUS and Application station as shown in Figure 2-27.
2-44
DeltaV Professional PLUS running Windows.Net Server configured as a domain controller and DNS server. DNS server is configured to forward DNS requests to the Plant LAN DNS server if it cannot resolve the name itself. DeltaV Operator Workstation running Windows XP Professional
DeltaV Application Station running Windows.Net Server as a stand-alone server. Configured with a NIC connection to the Plant LAN set with the Plant LAN DSN suffix.
DeltaV Domain
Switch
Router
The Plant LAN
Non-DeltaV DNS Server for the Plant LAN
Non-DeltaV Workstation on the Plant LAN
Figure 2-27 Plant LAN Network Connections
2-45
Connecting Power to the System

The method of connecting power to the DeltaV system depends on your existing power supply and distribution scheme. A bulk power supply converts AC or DC power to the power required for the system power supply and, optionally, for field devices. The following section describes the connections for a simplex bulk power supply. Refer to Appendix H for bulk power supply specifications and dimensions.
To install a bulk power supply
1. Install the bulk power supply. Figure H-4 shows dimensions and the drill hole spacing for the mounting plate. The AC connector terminals use #6 screws. The bus bar has a 6.7 mm (0.265 in.) hole for a 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) stud.
Caution
To prevent accidental shorting, cover the positive bus bar with a 2.5 cm (1 in.) piece of 1.9 cm (0.75 in.) heat-shrink tubing.
2. Connect the bulk power supply to input power distribution as shown in Figure 2-28. If you have secondary bulk power supplies, connect each one to the input power distribution as shown in Appendix J. 3. Install common system supply and ground wiring.
2-46
Optional Isolation Transformer L N G G N L Bulk AC Power Distribution/UPS Wired to plant power source
Bulk AC to 12 VDC or Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power Supply
G N L Dedicated Plant Ground Grid Point Isolated Common Ground Reference Wire and Connector Legend A G Ground (AC) B N Neutral (AC) C L Line (AC)
AC Connector
DC Return (Ground)
12 VDC or 24 VDC
Figure 2-28 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC Power Supply
See Figure J-7 on page J-14 and Figure J-8 on page J-15 for an overview of power supply and grounding.
2-47
Figure 2-29 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply
See Figure J-7 on page J-14 and Figure J-8 on page J-15 for a power supply and grounding overview.
2-48
Setting Up the DeltaV Remote Network

Refer to DeltaV Remote Network on page 1-7 for overview information and to Appendix G for detailed installation information. To set up the Remote Network, install the switches for the remote network connections and connect the network communications cables between the remote workstations and the DeltaV RAS Applications Stations and ProfessionalPLUS workstation. Users must assign their own PC names and IP addresses to the remote workstations before installing DeltaV software. If the remote workstation is already on the plantwide LAN, it has been assigned a name and IP address that can be used for communications with the DeltaV system. If you are building a dedicated DeltaV Remote Network, then workstation node names and IP addresses must be assigned before the workstations are set up in the DeltaV Explorer. These assigned node names must be used as the workstation names in the DeltaV Explorer. Refer to the online help for the DeltaV Workstation Configuration application for information. The cable installation requirements for the DeltaV Remote Network are the same as the installation requirements for the DeltaV Control Network. Refer to Control Network Installation Requirements on page 2-38 for cable requirements and to Appendix G for detailed installation information.
Setting Up a Network Time Server

The Symmetricom NTS-200 GPS Network Time Server has been tested and approved for use with the DeltaV system. Refer to the User's Guide for installation and configuration information. Refer to the next section for the specific network settings that are required for configuring a Network Time Server for use with a DeltaV system. After establishing a serial connection between the setup computer and the Network Time Server, configure the network and timing parameters. Use the IP addresses and subnet mask described in the following sections and set up the time server for broadcast mode.
2-49
IP Addresses
The DeltaV system supports both a primary and an optional backup Network Time Server on the control network. The Network Time Servers can be attached to either the primary or the secondary control network. It is recommended that the primary Network Time Server be attached to the primary control network and the backup Network Time Server be attached to the secondary control network in a redundant control network system. If the system is simplex (has only a primary control network) attach both Network Time Servers to the primary control network. For the primary Network Time Server use the following IP addresses:

10.4.128.1 (for attaching to the primary control network) 10.8.128.1 (for attaching to the secondary control network) 10.4.128.2 (for attaching to the primary control network) 10.8.128.2 (for attaching to the secondary control network)
For the backup Network Time Server use the following IP addresses:

The DeltaV system also supports both a primary and backup Network Time Server on the DeltaV Remote Network. If you are attaching a Network Time Server to a DeltaV Remote Network, the IP address is not predefined in the DeltaV system. Your network administrator must assign the Network Time Server a valid IP address for the remote network segment and this address must be used in the Remote Network properties dialog box in the DeltaV Explorer.
Subnet Mask
The subnet mask for the Network Time Servers attached to the control network is:
255.254.0.0
The subnet mask for the Network Time Servers attached to the remote network(s) must be assigned by your network administrator. The route (default gateway for the devices on a different subnet) is not required.
2-50
Broadcast Mode
To work with the DeltaV system, the Network Time Server must be setup for broadcast mode and the broadcast interval must be set to 16 seconds. Establish a telnet or serial connection between the setup computer and the Network Time Server and enter the following sequence of commands at the command shell. (Type the question mark (?) at any command prompt for a list of command options.) 1. root 2. net 3. ntp 4. broad 8 (this sets the broadcast timer for 16 seconds) 5. bcast 6. show 7. The show command should display the address 255.255.255.255. If it does display this address, go to the next step. If it does not, enter Add 255.255.255.255. 8. exit
Installing the Fault-Tolerant Server

The Stratus ftServer 3300 can be used as a hardware platform for DeltaV Application stations. The server is either a pedestal system that is placed on the floor or a rack-mounted system that is installed in a customer-supplied rack. Unpack the system, following the directions that accompany the shipping container, and find the manual Stratus ftServer 3300 Hardware Installation Guide. Use this manual to install the system. For information on configuring the ftServer 3300 to run the DeltaV system, refer to DeltaV Books Online. For complete technical information on the faulttolerant servers, visit the Stratus website and refer to the Stratus hardware and software manuals and to the electronic documentation installed on the servers. Figures 2-30 and 2-31 show the ftServer 3300 hardware components.
2-51
Figure 2-30 shows the front view of the fault-tolerant server hardware.
I/O Enclosure 11 I/O Enclosure 10 CPU 0 CPU 2
Power buttons
Disk slot 3
Disk slot 3 Disk slot 2 Disk slot 1
Disk slot 2 Disk slot 1
Thumb screw Ejector levers
LED Status indicators
Figure 2-30 Front View of the ftServer 3300
Stratuss ftServer Management Console Tool (ftSMC) is used to monitor and manage the hardware. This tool uses a device path ID to identify the physical location of a disk within a system. The device path ID includes the I/O enclosure, storage enclosure, slot number, and disk in the form 10/40/3/0. The disks are housed in numbered storage enclosures. The disks shown in Figure 2-30 are housed in storage enclosure 40. Refer to the Stratus documentation for complete information on device path IDs.
2-52
Figure 2-31 shows the back view of the fault-tolerant server hardware.
PCI Slot 3 or 11/2 PCI Slot 2 or 11/1 PCI Slot 3 or 10/2 CPU 2 CPU 0 PCI Slot 2 or 10/1
SCSI Ports LED Status indicators
PCI Slot 1 or 10/0 PCI Slot 1 or 11/0
10/100/1000 Ether ports

(B) (A) 2 1
10/100 Ether ports Serial 1 Serial 2
Video USB
AC Power input
Figure 2-31 Back View of the ftServer 3300
2-53
2-54
Chapter 3
Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System

This chapter provides guidelines to help ensure that your system is installed properly and to help you troubleshoot hardware problems. The System Administration and Maintenance manual in Books Online and the Release News on your DeltaV CD-ROM provide updated maintenance and troubleshooting information. After installing, it is recommended that you check out the hardware to ensure a smooth startup. Refer to Checking Out Your System on page 3-2. After checkout, start up the DeltaV software following the instructions in the manual Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System. You can then verify and troubleshoot your hardware installation by using:

DeltaV Explorer to view the overall structure and layout of your system Diagnostics utilities to check workstation hardware DeltaV Diagnostics to view diagnostics data for DeltaV hardware Troubleshooting Your System on page 3-35.
3-1
Checking Out Your System

Follow these steps to check out your system after installing the hardware: 1. Check the cable connections for all cables. 2. Check the power supply voltages. 3. Check the LED indicators on devices and I/O cards. 4. Test the field wiring connections.
Step 1. Checking the Cable Connections

Refer to Chapter 2 and verify that all power, ground, and carrier connections are correctly installed and that all network cables are correctly installed. For network cables, use the Microtest PentaScanner cable testing tool to test all cables to the specifications in Appendix G. The test equipment must be connected to both ends of the cable. Make sure all cable passes each test.
Step 2. Checking the Power Supply Voltages

Check power supplies and connections and check power supply voltages. Verify that the voltages are in the proper range at all associated screw terminal connections:
12 VDC at System Passthrough Power Supply and System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC). Verify that the voltage at the last carrier is greater than 11 volts. 24 VDC at System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC) and bussed field power connectors on carriers.
Check output loading and verify that the voltages (where present) are in the proper range at all associated screw terminal connections. Also, verify that the expected load is within the capacity of the unit by checking the calculations in Appendix N.
Step 3. Checking the LED Indicators on Each Device

The LED indicators on the system devices show important basic operating data. Use the following checklists to make sure your devices are working correctly.
3-2
Table 3-1 lists the LED indicators for the System Power Supply (AC/DC), the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) and the System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC).
Table 3-1 System Power Supply LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
1. Power is not supplied to unit. Possible line power problem. 2. Internal fault.
1. Check supply power and connections.
2. Contact technical support. 1. Verify loading calculations. 2. Check input supply voltages.
Red Error
Off
On
1. Outputs are outside of tolerance. 2. Input over voltage. Unit shuts down.
3-3
Table 3-2 lists the LED indicators for the MD and MDPlus controllers.
Table 3-2 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
1. System power is not supplied to unit. Possible line power problem. 2. Internal fault.
2. Contact technical support. Contact technical support. Contact customer support.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
Internal fault.
On for one second followed by all LEDs on for five seconds.
Unit went through RESET due to an unrecoverable software error. The controller is decommissioned. 1. Controller is a Standby. 2. Controller not commissioned. 3. Internal fault.
Flashing
Commission the controller. 1. None - Green Standby is on. 2. Commission controller. 3. Contact technical support. Download controller configuration.
Green Active
On
Off
Flashing
Controller is not configured.
3-4
Table 3-2 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Conditions Off Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Standby
On
Controller is a Standby. Controller is not configured. Controller lacks active Ethernet communications on primary Control Network connection. Controller lacks active Ethernet communications on secondary Control Network connection.
None
Flashing
Download controller configuration. Check primary network cable connections and hub connections.
Yellow Pri. CN
Communications attempted and indicator flashing
Off Communications attempted and indicator not flashing. Off Communications attempted and indicator not flashing.
Yellow Sec. CN
Check secondary network cable connections and hub connections.
3-5
Table 3-3 lists the LED indicators for the Remote Interface Unit.
Table 3-3 Remote Interface Unit LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. Contact technical support. Contact customer support.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
Internal fault.
On for one second followed by all LEDs on for five seconds.
Unit went through RESET due to an unrecoverable software error. The Remote Interface Unit is decommissioned. 1. Remote Interface Unit is not commissioned. 2. Internal fault.
Flashing
Commission the Remote Interface Unit.
Green Active
On
Off
1. Commission the Remote Interface Unit.
2. Contact technical support. Download configuration.
Flashing
Remote Interface Unit is not configured.
Green Standby
Off (Redundancy not supported)
Yellow Pri. CN
Off Communications attempted and indicator not flashing.
Remote Interface Unit lacks active Ethernet communications on primary Control Network connection. Remote Interface Unit lacks active Ethernet communications on secondary Control Network connection.
Check primary network cable connections and hub connections.
Yellow Sec. CN
Off Communications attempted and indicator not flashing.
Check secondary network cable connections and hub connections.
3-6
Table 3-4 lists the LED indicators for the media converter.
Table 3-4 Media Converter LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indicators Possible Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
Power is not supplied to unit. Possible line power problem. Internal fault.
Check power supply and connections.
Red Error
Off
On
Contact technical support. Check fiber-optic cable connection. (Connects transmit to receive.) Check cable pinouts. Refer to Figure G-10.
Green Pri. F Lnk
On
Off
Fiber-optic cable is incorrectly connected.
Green Pri. C Lnk
On
Off
Twisted pair cable is incorrectly connected. Fiber-optic cable is incorrectly connected.
Green Sec. F Lnk
On
Off
Check fiber-optic cable connection. (Connects transmit to receive.) Check cable pinouts. Refer to Figure G-10.
Green Sec. C Lnk
On
Off
Twisted pair cable is incorrectly connected.
Table 3-5 describes the power LED indicators on the Single Port Fiber Switch.
Table 3-5 Single Port Fiber Switch Power LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
1. System power is not supplied to unit. 2. Internal fault.
1. Check supply power and connections. 2. Contact technical support. Contact technical support.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
Internal fault.
3-7
Table 3-6 lists the LED indicators on ports 1 - 5 on the Single Port Fiber Switch.
Table 3-6 Single Port Fiber Switch Port LED Checklist LED L/A (Link /Activity) On - Link Blinking - Activity Off - No link. Check the cable connection. F/C (Full Duplex/Collision) On - Full Duplex Blinking - Collision Off - Half Duplex SPD (Speed) On -100 MHz Off - 10 MHz Status
3-8
Table 3-7 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 AI, 8-channel, 420 mA card; the AI, 8-channel, 420 mA, HART card; and the AI, 8-channel, 1-5 VDC card.
Table 3-7 AI Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex - On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power Green Power/Active
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check bussed field power and connections. 2. Check controller operation. 3. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check bussed field power and connections. Use the DeltaV Diagnostics Clear Saved Fault Information command when problem fixed. 2. Check controller operation. 3. Replace card with known good card of same type; then contact technical support. Check controller operation.
Red Error
Off
pre-Series 2 and Series 2 On (continuous)
1. No bussed field power. 2. Controller is not scanning card. 3. Unit failed self-test.
pre- Series 2 Flashing
1. Controller is not scanning card. 2. Address conflict.
Redundant Series 2 Flashing
1. No bussed field power.
2.Controller is not scanning card. 3. Hardware error.
Simplex Series 2 Flashing
Controller is not scanning card.
3-9
Table 3-7 AI Card LED Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Yellow Ch. 1 to Ch. 8
Off
1. Input is out of range. (See specifications in Appendix C for correct range.) 2. No bussed field power. 3.Internal fault.
1. Check input source and connections.
2. Check bussed field power and connections. 3. Contact technical support. 1. Check input source and connections.
Flashing
1. Input is out of range. (See specifications in Appendix C for correct range.) 2. No bussed field power. 3. Channel is configured for HART, but there is no HART communication. 4. Channel is configured for NAMUR limits and they have been exceeded.
2. Check bussed field power and connections. 3. Check HART input source and connections.
4. Check input levels compared to NAMUR limits.
Refer to the online Configuration manual for more information on troubleshooting HART devices. Refer to Books Online on page 3-41 for information on accessing the DeltaV online books.
3-10
Table 3-8 lists the LED indicators for the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 40-20 mA, HART card in Simplex mode.
Table 3-8 AI 16-Channel Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check bussed field power and connections. 2. Check controller operation. 3. Contact technical support. 1. Check bussed field power and connections 2. Check controller operation. 3. Replace card with known good card of same type; then contact technical support.
Red - Error
Off
On
2. Controller is not scanning card. 3. Unit failed selftest. Flashing 1. No bussed field power.
2. Controller is not scanning card. 3. Hardware error.
3-11
Table 3-9 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 AO, 8-channel 420 mA card and the AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card.
Table 3-9 AO Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex - On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power Green Power/Active
Off
1. System power is not supplied to unit. Possible line power problems. 2. Internal fault.
2. Contact technical support. 1. Contact technical support. 2. Check controller operation. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 3. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check bussed field power and connections. Use the DeltaV Diagnostics Clear Saved Fault Information command when problem fixed. 2. Check controller operation. 3. Replace with known good card of same type; contact technical support. Check controller operation.
Red Error
Off
1. Unit failed selftest. 2. Controller is not scanning card.
pre-Series 2 Flashing
1. Controller is not scanning card. 2. Unit failed self-test. 3. Address conflict.
Redundant Series 2 Flashing
Simplex Series 2 Flashing
Controller is not scanning card.
3-12
Table 3-9 AO Card LED Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Yellow Ch.1 to Ch. 8
Off
1. No output device (load). 2. Bussed field power not supplied to unit. 3. Internal fault.
1. Check output connections. 2. Check bussed field power and communications. 3. Contact technical support. 1. Check output connections. 2. Check bussed field power and connections. 3. Check HART input source and connections.
Flashing
1. No output device (load). 2. Bussed field power not supplied to unit. 3. Channel is configured for HART, but there is no HART communication. 4. Internal fault.
4. Contact technical support.
Refer to the online Configuration manual for more information on troubleshooting HART devices. Refer to Books Online on page 3-41 for information on accessing the DeltaV online books.
3-13
Table 3-10 lists the LED indicators for the AS-Interface card
Table 3-10 AS-Interface Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. Check connections, cable, and external device. Check connections, cable, and external device.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
1. Controller is not scanning card. 2. Unit failed self-test.
Flashing
Yellow Port 1 and Port 2
On
Off
No communications.
Flashing
Communications error on this port.
3-14
Table 3-11 lists the LED indicators for the DeviceNet and Series 2 DeviceNet cards.
Table 3-11 DeviceNet Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check connections, cable, and external device. 2. Enable port. 3. Configure port.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous)
1. Controller is not scanning card. 2. Unit failed selftest.
Flashing
Yellow - Port 1 Port 2 (reserved)
On
Off
1. No communications.
2. Port not enabled. 3. No configuration for this port. Flashing Communication error on this port.
Check connections, cable, and external device.
3-15
Table 3-12 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 8-channel DI cards (24 VDC isolated and dry contact, and 120/230 VAC isolated and dry contract).
Table 3-12 DI Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex -On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power Green Power/ Active
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red - Error
Off
Series 2 Flashing
Yellow - Ch.1 to Ch. 8
On = input > detection level. Off = input < detection level. See tables in Appendix C for detection levels for each DI card type.
3-16
Table 3-13 lists the LED indicators for the DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, dry contact and the Series 2 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, dry contact.
Table 3-13 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Off Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
1. Power is not supplied to unit.
1. Check supply power and connections. 2. Contact technical support. Check connections, cable, and external device. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
2. Internal fault.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous)
Communications error.
Flashing
Address conflict.
3-17
Table 3-14 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 8-channel, DO cards (120 VAC/230 VAC isolated and high side and 24 VDC isolated and high side).
Table 3-14 DO Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex - On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green-Power Green Power/ Active
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red
Off
Series 2 Flashing
Yellow - Ch. 1 to Ch. 8
Depends on setpoint and configuration.
3-18
Table 3-15 lists the LED indicators for the DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, high-side and Series 2 DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, high-side.
Table 3-15 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Off Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
1. Power is not supplied to unit. 2. Internal fault.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous) Flashing
Communications error. Address conflict.
3-19
Table 3-16 lists the LED indicators for the Fieldbus H1 card and the Series 2 Fieldbus H1 card.
Table 3-16 Fieldbus H1 Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex - On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power Green Power/Active
Off
2. Contact technical support. Install redundant terminal blocks for Series 2 redundant cards and simplex terminal blocks for simplex and/or preSeries 2 cards.
pre-Series 2 Flashing Series 2 Flashing Series 2 Red: Active-Flashing Stby-Flashing Red - Error Off pre-Series 2 and Series 2 On (continuous)
Incorrect terminal block for configured card type.
1. Check controller operation. 2.Contact technical support. 1.Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Series 2 Flashing
3-20
Table 3-16 Fieldbus H1 Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Yellow - Port 1 and Port 2
Off
1. Check connections, cable and external devices. 2. Enable port. 3. Fix configuration errors.
2. Port not enabled. 3. Configuration mismatch. (Such as redundant card configured in database and simplex card installed.) Flashing 1. Communication error on this port.
1. Check connections, cable, and external device. 2. Configure port.
2. No configuration for this port.
3-21
Table 3-17 lists the LED indicators for the Series 2 Isolated Input card.
Table 3-17 Series 2 Isolated Input Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indicators Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red Error
Off
On (Continuous)
Flashing
3-22
Table 3-18 lists the LED indicators for the Multifunction card.
Table 3-18 Multifunction Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
1. Check supply power and connections. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous)
Flashing
3-23
Table 3-19 lists the LED indicators for the Profibus DP and Series 2 Profibus DP cards.
Table 3-19 Profibus DP Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check connections, cable, and external device. 2. Enable port. 3. Configure port.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous)
Flashing
Yellow - Port 1 Port 2 (reserved)
On
Off
2. Port not enabled. 3. No configuration for this port. Flashing Communication error on this port.
Check connections, cable, and external device.
3-24
Table 3-20 lists the LED indicators for the RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV cards.
Table 3-20 RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indicators Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Enable channel and download card. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check configuration. 2. Check input source and connections.
Red Error
Off
On (Continuous)
Flashing
On
Off
1. Channel not configured. 2. Internal fault.
Flashing
1. Invalid configuration. 2. Input is out of range. (See specifications in Appendix C for correct range.) 3. Internal fault.
3. Contact technical support.
3-25
Table 3-21 lists the LED indicators for the Sequence of Events card.
Table 3-21 Sequence of Events Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Off Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
1. Power is not supplied to unit. 2. Internal fault.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous) Flashing
Communications error. Address conflict.
3-26
Table 3-22 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485.
Table 3-22 Serial Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition pre-Series 2 - On Series 2 Simplex - On Series 2 Redundant: Active - On Standby - Flashing Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power Green Power/ Active
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red - Error
Off
pre-Series 2 and Series 2 - On (continuous)
Series 2 Flashing
3-27
Table 3-22 Serial Card LED Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action
Yellow - Port 1 and Port 2 (configured as Master)
Off
No communications.
Check connections, cable, and external device. Check connections, cable, and external device.
Flashing
Communications error on this port.
Yellow - Port 1 and Port 2 (configured as Slave)
On - Communicating Off - No communication Flashing - Intermittent communication
3-28
Table 3-23 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card.
Table 3-23 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
Flashing
3-29
Table 3-23 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist (Continued) LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Off
1. Input is out of range. (See specifications in Appendix C for correct range.) 2. Internal fault.
1. Check input source and connections.
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check input source and connections.
Flashing
1. Input is out of range. (See specifications in Appendix C for correct range.) 2. Channel is configured for HART, but there is no HART communication. 3. Channel is configured for NAMUR limits and they have been exceeded.
2. Check HART input source and connections.
3. Check input levels compared to NAMUR limits.
3-30
Table 3-24 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (HART) card.
Table 3-24 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA Card LED Checklist (includes HART) LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green Power
Off
1. System power is not supplied to unit. Possible line power problems. 2. Internal fault.
2. Contact technical support. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 3. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. 1. Check output connections. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check output connections. 2. Contact technical support. 3. Check HART input source and connections.
Red Error
Off
On (continuous)
Unit failed self-test. 1. Controller is not scanning card. 2. Unit failed self-test. 3. Address conflict.
Flashing
Yellow Ch.1 to Ch. 8
On
Off
1. No output device (load). 2. Internal fault.
Flashing
1. No output device (load). 2. Internal fault.
3. Card is configured for HART but there is no HART communication.
3-31
Table 3-25 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. DI, 16-Channel card.
Table 3-25 I.S. DI, 16-Channel Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Condition On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. Check field wiring. Make sure that the correct terminal block is installed.
Red - Error
Off
On (continuous)
Flashing
Yellow - Ch.1 Ch.16
On = input > detection level. Off = input < detection level. See tables in Appendix C for detection levels for each card type.
Flashing Running light from Channel 1 Channel 16 with Red Error On.
Line fault detected. No terminal block installed or incorrect terminal block used.
3-32
Table 3-26 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. DO, 4-Channel card.
Table 3-26 I.S. DO, 4-Channel Card LED Checklist LED Correct Operating Conditions On Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action
Green - Power
Off
2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Contact technical support. 1. Check controller operation. 2. Replace card with known good card of same type; contact technical support. Check field wiring.
Red
Off
On (continuous)
Flashing
Yellow - Ch. 1 Ch. 4
Depends on setpoint and configuration.
Flashing
Line fault detected.
3-33
Step 4. Testing the Field Wiring Connections

To troubleshoot field wiring connection problems, test access points are located on the I/O terminal blocks. The access point for each wire connection is located in the square hole above the corresponding field screw terminal. To contact the field signals, use a test probe at least 25 mm (1 in.) long and 2 mm (0.08 in.) or less in diameter. To determine the expected voltage levels for your application, refer to the:

Wiring diagrams for the specific I/O card type in Appendix C Connection information supplied with your field device
Caution
The test probe is not retained within the access hole. It can fall out and short across field wiring if it is not held in place.
3-34
Troubleshooting Your System

After checkout, start up the DeltaV software and verify and troubleshoot your hardware installation with the DeltaV Explorer, workstation diagnostics utilities, and DeltaV Diagnostics. To start the DeltaV Explorer, click Start | DeltaV | Engineering | DeltaV Explorer. To start DeltaV Diagnostics, click Start | DeltaV | Operator | Diagnostics.
Using the DeltaV Explorer

The DeltaV Explorer presents a view of the overall structure and layout of your system. The tree view shows your control strategies and the hierarchy of the nodes on your Control Network. These nodes can be physically connected to the system, or they can be placeholders configured prior to the installation of the actual hardware. When you check out your system, remember that the DeltaV Explorer gives you a view of your database, but this may not necessarily match what is actually installed on the network. For example, before connecting controllers, you can define them as controller placeholders in the Control Network. The icons for the placeholders appear in the DeltaV Explorer but are not bound to any device. Then, when the controllers are available and connected, you drag and drop them from the Decommissioned Controllers section to the controller placeholder icons in the Control Network. Resolving system problems is often a matter of making sure the database and the network match and making sure all the nodes on the network have information about all other nodes. The Download commands in the DeltaV Explorer provide the nodes with all the information they need to operate and interact with other nodes. See the manual Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System for information on:

Downloading Setup Data Downloading Controllers and Installing Workstations Dragging decommissioned controllers to the Control Network
3-35
Status Indicators
After you have completed the above steps and the controllers are listed in the Control Network, look for these indicators next to the nodes:
Indicates the downloading node (the workstation) does not have all the information about this node.
Indicates the node is not communicating. This indicator occurs if there is a bad connection, if the controller is not powered up, or if the controller is decommissioned. It also occurs for a few seconds after a controller is commissioned. Indicates the node is communicating but has an integrity problem. Integrity problems can occur if there is a mismatch between the I/O configuration and the installed I/O or if the node is configured for network redundancy but does not have the necessary connections to support it. Indicates that the node does not have a configuration. This can occur if the node has never been downloaded. For controllers, this can occur if there is a power failure and cold restart was not enabled for the node.
Note
If a node shows a status indicator, check for hardware faults shown in the Troubleshooting Guide before changing your configuration.
You can automate the comparison between the physical I/O and the configured I/O with the Autosense I/O cards command. To use the command, click on the I/O for the node, click the right mouse button, and then select Autosense I/O Cards. The Autosense Cards dialog lists the card sensed in the controller and the card listed in the database for each slot. For example, if you add a card to the controller, the dialog displays:

The type of card sensed in the Auto-sensed Type <empty> in the database column
Click OK to add the configuration to the database. (Clicking OK does not affect existing cards.) Click Cancel to decommission the controller and close the dialog.
3-36
Using the Workstation Diagnostics

The documentation supplied with your workstation describes the diagnostics programs available for the workstation hardware and operating system software. If you need to test the workstation subsystems (memory, processors, video, keyboard, mouse, disk controller, ports), use the diagnostics disk and follow the instructions in the manual supplied with your workstation.
Using DeltaV Diagnostics

The DeltaV Explorer allows you to launch the DeltaV Diagnostics application and view diagnostics data for any selected DeltaV Explorer object. This provides useful diagnostic information for nodes that have good status or show the indicator. To investigate integrity problems for a node or subsystem, select its icon, click the right mouse button, and then click Diagnose. Information about DeltaV Diagnostics is located in online help.
Troubleshooting Guide
The following information can be used to help you detect system hardware problems with the DeltaV Explorer and correct them. Problem: Controller not listed in the Decommissioned Controllers tree.
Possible Cause Node is not connected to the hub. Corrective Action Check the LEDs on the controller (see the LED Checklists). Test the cable between the controller and the hub. If the cable is not working correctly, repair or replace it. Make sure cables are connected to the correct ports on the hub and the controller. Remove the controller from the 2-wide power/controller carrier for at least 15 seconds and replace it onto the carrier. Exit the DeltaV Explorer and restart the connection to the active database.
Control network cable is not working correctly.
Node is not connected correctly to the network. Connection on the carrier is not secure.
DeltaV Explorer is not connected to the active database, or the DeltaV Database Server (DvDbServer) is not running.
3-37
Problem: The controller has an
indicator.
appears for nodes that are not communicating. Typically, this indicator occurs if there is a bad connection or the controller is not powered up. To clear this indicator, go to the node and make sure it is connected, the wiring is correct and sound, and the node is powered up. This indicator also occurs for a few seconds after a controller is commissioned.
Possible Cause Node is not connected to the hub. Corrective Action 1. Check the LEDs on the controller (see the LED Checklists). 2. Check the Control Network cables to make sure they are connected to the correct ports on the hub and controller. Control network cable is not working correctly. Test the cable between the controller and the hub. If the cable is not working correctly, repair or replace it. Make sure you are looking at the correct controller by selecting DeltaV Explorer Controller Properties |Controller | Flash Lights. 1. Use DeltaV Explorer Node Properties | Identify Controller to flash the controller LEDs. If the LEDs flash, use the Check Node Integrity function in DeltaV Diagnostics and verify that a Not Connected status is returned. 2. Verify that the primary Control Network cables are connected to the correct primary ports on the controller, workstation, and hub. 3. Verify that the secondary Control Network cables are connected to the correct secondary ports on the controller, workstation, and hub.
You are looking at the wrong controller.
Primary and secondary Control Network connections are crossed.
3-38
Problem: The workstation has an
indicator.
appears for nodes that are not communicating. Typically, this indicator occurs if there is a bad connection or if the workstation is not powered up. To clear this indicator, go to the node and make sure it is connected, the wiring is correct and sound, and the node is powered up.
Possible Cause Workstation is not set up properly. Corrective Action Make sure the workstation is powered up. Look in Control Panel | Services and verify that DeltaV Services are running. Check the Control Network cables to make sure they are connected to the correct ports on the hub and workstation. Test the cable between the workstation and the hub. If the cable is not working correctly, repair or replace it. 1. Look at the Internet Protocol (IP) address and verify that the address matches the DeltaV Explorer address for the node. If the address is not correct, run Workstation Configuration. 2. Use the Utilities from the 3Com Install disk to verify that the Plug N Play feature is turned off for the workstation Control Network card.
Node is not connected to the hub.
Control network cable is not working correctly.
Workstation address is set to a default value or an incorrect address.
Problem: A node has an

Possible Cause
indicator.
Corrective Action Click the node with the indicator, click the right mouse button, and then click Install Setup Data. This transfers setup data from the database to the physical node. It also updates the installing workstation node so that the workstation has all the information it needs to manage the new node.
Installing node (the workstation) does not have all the information on the node.
This indicator can appear on controllers that are physically connected to the network or on controller placeholders. Note that you cannot install setup data for a controller placeholder; the physical node must be connected first.
3-39
Problem: A node has a
indicator.
Corrective Action Most integrity problems are due to hardware problems. Check the LEDs on the nodes (see the LED Checklists) and correct the hardware problem.
Possible Cause Node is communicating but has an integrity problem.
Occasionally, integrity problems occur if there is a mismatch between the I/O configuration and the installed I/O. In this case, compare the controller I/O configuration in the DeltaV Explorer with the actual I/O cards connected to the controller. This comparison can be accomplished by viewing either the I/O Auto-Sense dialog in DeltaV Explorer, or by examining the I/O hierarchy in Diagnostics. Integrity problems can occur if the controller is configured for network redundancy but does not have the necessary connections to support it. Verify that the controller is configured to support network redundancy. If it is, make sure the controller is connected to the network correctly. This indicator also occurs if workstations have Event Chronicle problems (configured for a directory that does not exist, for example), or if workstations are not communicating with the controller. If the indicator persists, use DeltaV Diagnostics to pinpoint the problem. Problem: The node has a
Possible Cause The node has never been downloaded or has lost its configuration.
indicator.
Corrective Action Download the node.
3-40
Getting Help
The DeltaV Books Online provides information on the DeltaV system and the Online Help for the DeltaV applications provides procedural help on using the applications and popup help for dialog boxes.
Online Help
All DeltaV applications have online help that provides instructions on using the application. To access help for any application, open the application, and select the help topics command under the Help menu on the applications menu bar. For example to start DeltaV Diagnostics and then access the help, click Start | DeltaV | Operator | Diagnostics and then select Diagnostics Help Topics from the Help menu. To search the help for information on specific topics, click the left mouse button on the Index tab or the Search tab on the Help Topics dialog box, and follow the directions. For help on dialogs, click the question mark in the upper right hand corner of the dialog, drag it to the field for which you want help, and click the left mouse button.
Books Online
Books Online provides reference information and detailed information on installing, configuring, operating, and troubleshooting your DeltaV system. Click Start | DeltaV | Help | Books Online and then click on the title of the book that you want to read. The System Administration and Maintenance manual in Books Online contains helpful technical information related to hardware troubleshooting.
DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals

Most DeltaV product information is in Books Online. You can print any of that information or you can order a paper copy from Emerson Process Management. The Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System manual and the Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System are also available in printed form. The Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System contains general information about the software and helps you get started with configuration and the Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System provides important information about installing a fieldbus system.
3-41
Hazardous Area Installation Manuals, NAMUR Installation Manuals, and ATEX Instruction Sheets
The following files related to Hazardous Area installations and NAMUR compliant installations are on the DeltaV CD on Disk4\_Support\Supplemental Docs. The files are in Portable Document Format (.PDF). A letter (A-Z) is appended to the filenames that begin with 12P and is incremented for each release of the document.
12P1293 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Division 2 Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P1293) 12P1892 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Div. 2 with Class I, II, III Div. 1 Field Circuits Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P1892) 12P1990 DeltaV Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P1990) 12P2046 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Zone 2 Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P2046) 12P2524 DeltaV IS I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance in Zone 2 Hazardous Areas (Part Number - 12P2524) 12P2822 DeltaV NAMUR Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P2822) 12P3292 DeltaV Type KJ7000 Series Zone 1 I/O System Installation Instructions ATEX Instruction Sheets The DeltaV ATEX Instruction Sheets (in PDF format) can also be found at WWW.EasyDeltaV.com/ProductData/ATEX
3-42
Technical Service
There are several options available for technical service, including help desk support, remote diagnosis, 24-hour emergency support, and software update service. Please complete and return the DeltaV system registration form supplied with your software license pack for detailed information. If the information presented in this manual does not solve your problem, visit Emerson Process Managements Reach Us website at http://www.emersonprocess.com/systems/reach/ and follow the directions for your world area. Make sure you have the following information ready:

System Identification Number Software Version Number Description of the problem
If you are calling, be at your DeltaV system if possible. This enables the Technical Support Representative to step you through the proper problem solving procedures.
3-43
3-44
Appendix A Environmental Specifications

All DeltaV system products meet the appropriate European standards for Electromagnetic Compatibility and carry the CE mark. All products meet CSA requirements. Contact the factory for details. The following tables list the environmental specifications for normal operation of DeltaV system devices: Table A-1 lists temperature and relative humidity specifications. Table A-2 lists airborne contaminants, vibration, and shock specifications.
Table A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2) Device Workstation Operating Temperature 10C to 35C (50F to 95F) maximum 10C (18F) change per hour 0C to 40C (32F to 104F) Storage Temperature -20C to 60C (-4F to 140F) Relative Humidity 20% to 80%, non-condensing
8-port hub
-30C to 60C (-22F to 140F) -25C to 70C (-13F to 158F)
0% to 90%, non-condensing 10% to 85% noncondensing
24-port twisted pair switch 24-port twisted pair switch with 2 fiberoptic ports 24-port fiber-optic switch MD Controllers, and pre-Series 2 I/O MDPlus Controllers
0C to 45C (32F to 113F)
0C to 60C (32F to 140F)
-40C to 85C (-40F to 185F) -40C to 85C (-40F to 185F) -40C to 85C (-40F to 185F)
5% to 95%, non-condensing 5% to 95%, non-condensing 5% to 95%, non-condensing
Single Port Fiber Switch Remote Interface Unit Pre-Series 2 Profibus, Pre-Series 2 DeviceNet Series 2 I/O
0 to 55C (32F to 131F)
-40C to 85C (-40F to 185F)
5% to 95%, non-condensing
-40C to 70C (-40F to 158F)
-40C to 85C (-40F to 185F)
Environmental Specifications
A-1
Table A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2) (Continued) Device System power supplies System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Bulk power supplies Operating Temperature 0 to 60C (32F to 140F) Storage Temperature -40C to 70C (-40F to 158F) -40C to 70C (-40F to 158F) -40C to 85C (-40F to 185F) Relative Humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing 5% to 95%, non-condensing 5% to 95%, non-condensing
-40 to 70C (-40F to 158F)
0 to 60C (32F to 140F) at 300 W and altitude < 914 m (3000 ft) 0 to 60C (32F to 140F)
Fiber-Optic Media Converter Fieldbus H1 Carrier
5% to 95%
-40C to 70C (-40F to 158F)
A-2
Table A-2 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (2 of 2) Device Workstation Airborne Contaminants Refer to manufacturers specifications Vibration Bottom only: 0.25 g, 0-to-peak, 3 Hz to 200 Hz sweep at 2 octaves/min 0.075 mm from 10 Hz to 58 Hz, 1.0 g from 58 Hz to 500 Hz Refer to manufacturers specifications Shock Bottom only: -sine pulse with velocity = 20 in/s
8-port hub
Refer to manufacturers specifications
30 g -sine wave for 11 ms
24-port twisted pair switch 24-port twisted pair switch with 2 fiberoptic ports 24-port fiber-optic switch Fieldbus H1 carrier, system power supplies, controllers, Single Port Fiber Switch, Remote Interface Unit, pre-Series 2 I/O, and Series 2 I/O Bulk power supplies
ISA-S71.04-1985 Airborne Contaminants Class G3
1 mm peak-to-peak from 5 Hz to 16 Hz, 0.5 g from 16Hz to 150 Hz
10 g -sine wave for 11 ms
ISA-S71.04-1985 Airborne Contaminants Class G2
MIL-STD-810D Method 514.3, Category 1, Procedure I
MIL-STD-810D Method 516.3, Procedure III
Environmental Specifications
A-3
A-4
Appendix B Carrier Specifications

This appendix provides specifications for the following carriers:

2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier 4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Fieldbus H1 Carrier Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier
Information on the left and right carrier extenders and the one-wide carrier extenders is also provided.
Carrier Specifications
B-1
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier

Table B-1 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Specifications Item Capacity Specification One system power supply and one controller or Two system power supplies
Side View
Front View
7.0 cm (2.8 in.)
9.1 cm (3.6 in.) 16.5 cm (6.5 in.)

1
3.1 cm (1.2 in.)
8.4 cm (3.3 in.) 9.1 cm (3.6 in.)
10.0 cm (3.9 in.)
Notes:
Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring 3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)
1 2
Figure B-1
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions
B-2

Table B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Specifications Item Capacity Maximum current: LocalBus (powers I/O cards) 8.0 A For large systems, use the LocalBus extenders to add more power. Refer to Extending System Power to the I/O on page J-6. for information. 6.5 A (for each connection) Specification Eight I/O cards with terminal blocks.
Bussed field power bus (shared by multiple I/O card pairs) LocalBus cable
1.2 m (3.9 ft) nominal length
Side View
9.1 cm (3.6 in.)
Front View
7.0 cm 2 (2.8 in.)
16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
4
1
Right carrier extender
3.1 cm (1.2 in.) 34.3 cm (13.5 in.)

Notes:
33.6 cm (13.2 in.)
10.0 cm (3.9 in.)
Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring 3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit) 4 Left carrier extender
1 2
Figure B-2
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions
B-3
Carrier Extenders
The DeltaV system supports left and right carrier extenders and dual, one-wide carrier extenders. Install the carrier extenders onto the I/O carriers by sliding together the 48 pin connectors on the sides of the carriers. The left and right carrier extender assembly (KJ4001X1-HA1) includes a left and right carrier extender connected by a 37 pin cable. Figure B-3 shows the dimensions for the left and right carrier extenders.
10.2 cm (4.0 in.) 16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
4.2 cm (1.7 in.) 4.6 cm (1.8 in.) Left carrier extender
3.1 cm (1.2 in.) Side View Right carrier extender
Figure B-3
Left and Right Carrier Extender Dimensions
B-4
The one-wide carrier extenders (right side is KJ4001X1-NA1 and left side is KJ4001X1-NB1) ship with one or two D-shell cables (KJ4002X1-BF2). Typically, one D-shell cable is used; however, two D-shell cables can also be used.
Note
If two D-shell cables are used, they must be routed together from the same source to the same destination.
The dimensions for the one-wide carrier extenders are the same as those shown in Figure B-3 for the left and right carrier extenders. Figure B-4 shows the front view of the one-wide carrier extenders.
Left one-wide carrier extender Right one-wide carrier extender
White BNC connector
Black BNC connector
Top D-Shell connector (44 pin)
Top D-Shell connector (44 pins)
A
A
White BNC connector
C
D-Shell connector (for dual cables only)
LOCK
LOCK
D-Shell connector (for dual cables only)
48 Pin connectors
Black BNC connector
+ +
Figure B-4
Front View of One-Wide Carrier Extenders
B-5
To add external power
Refer to Figure B-5. 1. Remove the jumper. 2. Insert a 12VDC power supply to the terminal block: + to the center terminal - to the - terminal
12 VDC External Power
++ Left Carrier
Jumper External Power
+ -
++ Left Carrier
Figure B-5
Adding External Power
B-6
4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier

Table B-3 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier (Top/Bottom) Specifications Item Capacity Specification Two system power supplies and two controllers or Three system power supplies and one controller
(LEFT) DIN Rail
Front View
5.8 cm (2.3 in.)
Minimum Spacing for Airflow Clearance
Top Position 4-Wide Carrier 18.0 cm (7.1 in.)
p
Carrier Connector Minimum 3.8 cm Spacing for (1.5 in.) Field-Wiring Bend Radius Clearance
Bottom View
2.9 cm (1.2 in.)
9.9 cm (3.9 in.) 18.3 cm (7.2 in.)
DIN Rail Center
Figure B-6
4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions
The dimensions for the bottom 4-wide power/controller carrier are the same as those for the top 4-wide power/controller carrier (shown above). The carrier connector on the bottom 4-wide power/controller carrier is located on the top of the carrier.
B-7
8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier

Table B-4 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Specifications Item Capacity Maximum current: LocalBus (powers I/O cards) Bussed field power bus (shared by multiple I/O card pairs) LocalBus cable Bottom cable extender Top cable extender 1.0 m (3.3 ft) nominal length 2.0 m (6.6 ft) nominal length 15.0 A 6.5 A (for each connection) Specification Eight I/O cards with terminal blocks.
B-8
Top View
18.3 cm (7.2 in.) 9.9 cm (3.9 in.) 2.7 cm (1.05 in.)
1
Top View
18.3 cm (7.2 in.)
1
9.9 cm (3.9 in.) 2.7 cm (1.05 in.)
Front View
Front View
55.9 cm (22.0 in.)
55.9 cm (22.0 in.)
3.8 cm 2 (1.5 in.)
3.8 cm (1.5 in.)
Left Side
Notes: 1 2 Centerline of mounting screws for DIN rail
Right Side
Clearance recommended on shield bar side of carrier for field wiring
Figure B-7
8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions
B-9
Fieldbus H1 Carrier
The fieldbus H1 carrier provides an H1 interface to an 8-channel discrete input card, an 8-channel discrete output card, and terminal blocks. To function correctly, the two cards must use the same voltage. The H1 carrier mounts on a DIN rail (T-rail only), wall, or panel and can be enclosed in the H1 carrier enclosure.
Table B-5 H1 Carrier Power Specifications Item Input power rating Output power rating Bussed field power (shared by both I/O cards) Fieldbus Port Fieldbus Power Specification +24 VDC 10% @ 500 mA (maximum) +12 VDC 5% @ 700 mA (maximum) 6.5 A (maximum)
Foundation Fieldbus H1 - 31.25Kbit/second 9 to 32 VDC, 17.5 mA (maximum)
B-10
DC AC NC/SH 4 L N
Fieldbus
+24 Field VDC Power
7.0 cm (2.8 in.)
6.4 cm (2.5 in.)
DI
DO
17.8 cm (7.0 in.) 16.75 cm (6.6 in.)
2.5 cm (1.0 in.)
7.7 cm (3.0 in.)
10.0 cm (3.9 in.)
Side View
8.9 cm (3.6 in.)
Front View
Notes:
1 2 4
NC/SH can be used to connect shield drain wire. No connection is made to ground on carrier.
Figure B-8 H1 Carrier Dimensions
B-11
Figure B-9 shows the dimensions for the H1 Carrier enclosure (optional).
30.0 cm (11.81 in.) 23.50 cm (9.25 in.) 20.0 cm (7.87 in.)
Plate Carrier
35.0 cm (13.78 in.)
33.2 cm (13.07 in.)
I/O Card
Enclosure Mounting Holes (4)
See Note Front View (Looking through Door)

Figure B-9
Door Left Side View
H1 Carrier Enclosure Dimensions
Note
The H1 Carrier Enclosure must be grounded. The Enclosure Ground Kit and instructions for grounding are included with the enclosure.
B-12
Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier

Table B-6 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Specifications Item Capacity Specification One I.S. Power Supply
Side View
Front View
7.0 cm (2.8 in.)
10.2 cm (4.0 in.) 16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
3.1 cm (1.2 in.)
8.4 cm (3.3 in.) 9.1 cm (3.6 in.)
10.0 cm 3 (3.9 in.)
Notes:
Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail 2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring 3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)
1
Figure B-10 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Dimensions
B-13
Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier

Table B-7 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal I/O Interface Carrier Specifications Item Capacity LocalBus cable Specification Eight I.S. I/O cards with terminal blocks. 0.35 m (1.15 ft) nominal length 0.85 m (2.79 ft) nominal length 1.20 m (3.94 ft) nominal length
Side View
Front View
7.0 cm 2 (2.8 in.)
10.2 cm (4.0 in.)
16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
3.1 cm (1.2 in.) 34.3 cm (13.5 in.)

Notes:
33.6 cm (13.2 in.)
10.0 cm (3.9 in.)
1 2
Figure B-11 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier Dimensions
B-14
Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier

Table B-8 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Specifications Item Capacity One LocalBus Isolator card Specification
Side View
Front View
7.0 cm (2.8 in.)
10.2 cm (4.0 in.) 16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
3.1 cm (1.2 in.)
8.4 cm (3.3 in.) 9.1 cm (3.6 in.)
10.0 cm 3 (3.9 in.)
Notes:
Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail 2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring 3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)
1
Figure B-12 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Dimensions
B-15
B-16
Appendix C Interface Specifications

This appendix provides specifications and wiring diagrams for all of the I/O cards and terminal blocks.
I/O Cards
The DeltaV I/O subsystem supports multiple types of I/O cards including analog and discrete input and output cards, HART input and output cards, serial cards, Thermocouple mV, RTD, ohms and intrinsically safe analog and discrete input and output cards. Bus cards such as the Fieldbus H1, Profibus DP, AS-Interface, and DeviceNet are also supported. In addition, some of the Series 2 versions of the cards are available in Redundant mode for high-availability applications. The I/O subsystem consists of terminal blocks that snap onto the carrier to provide screw termination for field wiring and the I/O cards which snap over the terminal blocks and onto the carrier. The I/O cards convert field signals to the appropriate format for control and communications.
Power Error Ch. 1 Ch. 2 Ch. 3 Ch. 4 Ch. 5 Ch. 6 Ch. 7 Ch. 8 DI Card 120 VAC Dry Contact
Front View
Figure C-1
Standard I/O Card
Up to 64 I/O cards are supported by a single I/O subsystem. To simplify installation and ensure that the I/O interface is suitable for the plant environment, I/O terminal blocks have field wiring protection keys that correspond to keys on the I/O cards. The keys ensure that the I/O card and the I/O terminal block match; an I/O card plugs into an I/O terminal block only if the keys agree.
Interface Specifications
C-1
Warning
Be sure that your I/O cards and terminal blocks are compatible before plugging in I/O cards. Card damage can result if an I/O card and terminal block are incompatible. Refer to Table C-71 on page 128 for non I.S. I/O card and terminal block compatibility and Table C-72 on page 132 for I.S. card and terminal block compatibility.
C-2
DeltaV Series 2 I/O

The following DeltaV Series 2 I/O cards support redundancy:

Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with HART Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA with HART Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Series 2 H1 Series 2 Serial
Series 2, redundant capable cards are configured, autosensed, upgraded, and operated just like the pre-Series 2 cards. Series 2 cards in Simplex mode can function as drop-in replacements for pre-Series 2 cards of the same type. With the exception of the Simplex mode Series 2 H1 card, which requires the Series 2 H1 terminal block, no wiring change is required to replace a pre-Series 2 card. Series 2 cards report their operating mode (simplex or redundant) to the DeltaV controller based on the type of terminal block on which they are installed. Redundant terminal blocks provide wiring terminations for the redundant cards. If a card is installed on a redundant terminal block, it reports itself as operating in Redundant mode; otherwise, it reports itself as operating in Simplex mode. Refer to Redundant Terminal Blocks on page C-108 for information.
Note
Series 2 cards must be used with an MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode.
Other than redundant terminal blocks, no additional software or hardware is required to support redundancy. A redundant terminal block spans two adjacent slots on the carrier. A redundant I/O card consists of two Series 2 cards installed in a redundant terminal block.
Note
For both horizontal and vertical carriers, the lower slot number in a redundant pair must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, redundant pairs can be installed in slots 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 9 and 10. Redundant pairs cannot be installed in slots 6 and 7, 24 and 25. Configuration tools such as the DeltaV Explorer enforce this requirement.
C-3
The double-wide redundant terminal blocks require only a single set of wires for each redundant channel or fieldbus segment. (The exception is the Redundant Interface terminal block which uses two sets of wires for the Series 2 Serial card. One set of wires is used for each interface such as a computer.) The redundant terminal blocks contain screw terminals appropriate for the card type and signals from the screw terminals are connected to both cards in a redundant pair. If all cards are redundant, the controller can support up to 32 redundant pairs. Refer to DeltaV Books Online for more information on using Series 2 cards in a DeltaV system.
C-4
AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA

The DeltaV system supports the following types of AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards:

AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART (2 and 4-wire) Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, Simplex mode (2-wire) Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART, Simplex mode and Redundant mode (2 and 4-wire)
Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART and the Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART cards. Refer to page C-96 for terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the fused and 4-wire I/O blocks, the 16 pin mass termination block for 2-wire applications, and the 24-pin mass termination block for 4-wire applications. Refer to page C-119 and page C120 for mass termination block specifications. The Redundant Analog Input terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for Series 2 Redundant AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART cards for either 2-wire or 4-wire applications. Refer to page C-109 for terminal block specifications. To function correctly, the AI cards require that 24 VDC be supplied through the bussed field power connection. The 4-wire termination block is designed for use with 4-wire field-powered transmitters. Power for these transmitters must be provided from an appropriate external power source. See the transmitter specifications for power source information. For example, if you are using the DeltaV AI, 420 mA I/O card with a DeltaV 4-wire Termination Block, an external power source must be connected to the 4-wire transmitter. The open HART protocol layers digital information on the standard analog 4-20 mA process signal. Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode.
C-5
Table C-1 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, Specifications (HART and Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 4 to 20 mA 1 to 22.5 mA, with overrange checking 0.75 to 23 mA 120 mA typical, 150 mA maximum Series 2 (for each card in Redundant mode only1): 175 mA typical 250 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card Field circuit per channel 300 mA maximum at 24 VDC ( 10%) 32 mA maximum Series 2: 30 mA maximum Accuracy over temperature range Resolution Repeatability Rolloff frequency 0.1% of span 16 bits 0.05% of span -3 dB at 2.7 Hz, -20.5 dB at the sampling frequency None required HART pass-through request/response HART variable report Field device status report 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Nominal signal range (span) Full signal range Valid range for LED indication LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
Calibration Communications Support (only for version with HART)
HART scan time Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) Mounting 1.Double for a redundant pair.
C-6
Carrier
24 VDC Bussed field power connection
+
Termination I/O Card Optional fuse (Odd no.)
Common connection for 8 channels
+
2-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter T
Current limiter A/D Converter Low pass filter 250 System
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Figure C-2
Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA and AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART
C-7
Carrier 24 VDC Bussed field power connection Optional fuse Termination I/O Card Common connection for 8 channels (Odd no.)
+
2-wire analog and/or HART field transmitter T
Current limiter
A/D Converter System
(Even no.)
Low pass filter 250
I/O Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-3
Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode
C-8
Carrier 24 VDC Bussed field power connection
+
2-Wire Primary I/O card redundant termination Current limiter
A/D Converter
Common connections for 8 channels System
(Odd no.)
+
2-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter T
Low pass filter 250
Secondary I/O card
(Even no.) Relay Low pass filter Mode Redundant analog input terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 250
Current limiter
A/D Converter
System
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
- +- +- +- +- +- +- ++ Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8
Figure C-4 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode
C-9
Carrier
+
4-Wire termination 4-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter (with user supplied power and isolated current output) (Odd no.) I/O Card
+
T
Low pass filter 250
A/D Converter
System
4-Wire I/O terminal block
(Even no.)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-5
Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode
C-10
+
Relay 4-wire Primary I/O card redundant termination Mode Low pass filter (Odd no.) 4-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter (with user supplied power and isolated current output)
A/D Converter
+
T
250
Secondary I/O card
(Even no.)
Low pass filter 250
A/D Converter
System
Redundant analog input terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure C-6 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode
C-11
AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC

Installation Notes
The 4-wire I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC card. Refer to page C-96 for terminal block specifications. The 24-pin mass termination block can also be used. Refer to page C-120 for specifications. The AI, 15 VDC card does not provide power to the field transmitter. To function correctly, the AI cards require that 24 VDC power be connected for field power.
Table C-2 AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 1 to 5 VDC 0.25 to 5.64 VDC, with overrange checking 0.18 to 5.77 VDC 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum 100 mA (used on card) at 24 VDC ( 10%) 2 M 0.1% of span 16 bits 0.05% of span -3 dB at 1.3 Hz -25 dB at the sampling frequency None required 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Nominal signal range (span) Full signal range Valid range for LED indication LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Input impedance Accuracy over temperature range Resolution Repeatability Rolloff frequency
Calibration Optional fuse Mounting
C-12
Carrier
+
4-Wire I/O Card termination 4-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter (with user-supplied power and isolated voltage output) (Odd no.)
Common connection for 8 channels System
Low pass filter
A/D Converter
4-Wire I/O terminal block
(Even no.)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-7
Wiring Diagram for AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC
C-13
AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

The DeltaV system supports the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card in Simplex mode. Only 2-wire transmitters are supported.
Installation Notes
The 16-channel Analog Input terminal block provides screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card. Refer to page C-106 for specifications. To function correctly, the card requires that 24 VDC be supplied through the bussed field power connection.
Table C-3 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation 16 Field to system isolation is factory tested to 1500 VDC. No channel to channel isolation. 4 to 20 mA 2 to 22 mA 13.5 V min. at 20 mA (current limited to 29 mA maximum) 85 mA typical, 150 mA maximum Specification
Nominal signal range (span) Full signal range 2-wire transmitter power
LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal) Field circuit power (per card) Field circuit per channel Accuracy over temperature range Resolution
600 mA maximum at 24 VDC ( 10%) 30 mA maximum 0.2% of span
16 bits
C-14
Table C-3 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2) (Continued) Item Repeatability Filtering 0.05% of span -3 db at 2.7 Hz -6 db at 4.6 Hz -20.5 db at 20 Hz -34 db at 50 Hz -90 db at 1200 Hz Rolloff frequency Calibration Communications support -3 dB at 2.7 Hz, -20.5 dB at the sampling frequency None required HART pass-through request/response HART variable report Field device status report HART scan time Mounting 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
C-15
Carrier
+
Termination (Odd no.) I/O Card Current limiter
A/D Converter
2-Wire analog and/or HART field transmitter
System
(Even no.)
Low pass filter 250
AI 16-channel terminal block
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+ 32 + -
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
Figure C-8
Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA, HART
C-16
AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA

The DeltaV system supports the following types of AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA cards:

AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Simplex and Redundant modes)
Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide terminations for field wiring for the AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART and the Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART cards in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-96 for terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the fused I/O block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 and page C-119 for specifications. The Redundant Analog Output terminal block is recommended to provide terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-111 for specifications. The open HART protocol layers digital information on the standard analog 4-20 mA process signal. Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode.
Table C-4 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 4 to 20 mA 1 mA to 23 mA 120 mA typical, 150 mA maximum Series 2 (for each card in Redundant mode only1:) 175 mA typical 250 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card 300 mA maximum at 24 VDC (10%) Specification
Nominal signal range (span) Full signal range LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
C-17
Table C-4 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2) (Continued) Item Accuracy over temperature range Specification 0.25% of span (0 - 60C) Series 2: 0.25% (0 to 60C) 0.4% (-40 to 70C) Resolution 12 bits for AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA 14 bits for AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART 14 bits for Series 2 AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART Output compliance Calibration Communications Support (only for version with HART) 20 mA at 21.6 VDC supply into 700 load Information stored on card HART pass-through request/response HART variable report Field device status report HART scan time Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) Mounting 1.Double for a redundant pair. 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier
C-18
Carrier
I/O Card
+
Common connection for 8 channels Termination
4-20 mA current source
Optional fuse
System
A/D Converter
(Odd no.)
4-20 mA device and/or HART Load
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-9
Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Simplex Mode
C-19
Carrier
Primary I/O card Common connections for 8 channels System
+
Redundant termination
A/D Converter
Mode
Relay
(Odd no.)
Load Secondary I/O card
4-20 mA device and/or HART
System
A/D Converter
(Even no.)
1 2
3 4
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Redundant analog output terminal block
Figure C-10 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART in Redundant Mode
C-20
AS-Interface
The Actuator Sensor-Interface (AS-i) is a digital, serial, bi-directional communications protocol and bus system that interconnects simple binary on/off devices such as actuators, sensors, and discrete devices in the field. The AS-Interface standard is defined by CENELEC standard EN 50295. The two-conductor AS-Interface cable supplies both power and data for field devices. An AS-Interface network can include branches. The total cable length, (main line and all branches), cannot exceed 100 meters. Refer to Table C-5 for AS-Interface cable distance limits and to the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295) for design and engineering details on AS-Interface cable.
Table C-5 AS-Interface Cable Distance Limits Item Recommended cable Distance limits Specification Unshielded AS-Interface yellow cable1
100 meters total length (main line and branches) without repeater or extender 300 meters total length (main line and branches) with two repeaters2 300 meters total length (main line and branches) with one extender and one repeater
1. Any other cable, shielded or unshielded, can be used if the installation meets all the impedance requirements specified in the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295). 2. Repeaters require an additional AS-Interface power supply on the far side of the repeater.
For more information on the AS-Interface and for information on installing AS-Interface devices, refer to the AS-Interface web site at http://www.as-interface.com.
C-21
Installation Notes
The Interface terminal block provides terminations for field wiring for the ASInterface card. Refer to page C-99 for terminal block specifications. It is recommended that you do not connect the AS-Interface devices directly to the AS-Interface card terminals. Use one AS-Interface cable to connect the AS-Interface card to the power supply and use another AS-Interface cable to connect the devices to the power supply. If you are using extenders and repeaters, refer to the device data sheet for additional cabling recommendations. The AS-Interface bus requires a special AS-Interface power supply (purchased separately) that provides electrical isolation from the data signals. A standard power supply can be used but it must have a conditioning module added to its output. Refer to the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295) for design and engineering details on the AS-Interface power supply. Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to an AS-Interface bus.
Table C-6 AS-Interface Specifications Item Number of ports Port Type Isolation Two Actuator Sensor-Interface 167 kb/second Each channel is optically isolated from the system and each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 300 mA (max) None Specification
LocalBus Current 24 VDC Field circuit power, per card 30 VDC AS-Interface field power per port Mounting
70 mA (max)
Assigned slot of I/O carrier
C-22
Carrier I/O Card Termination

1 AS-i ( ) 2 AS-i ( ) 3, 5, 7 AS-i ( )
AS-i Encoder/ decoder
+ -
+ -
Port 1
System
4, 6, 8 AS-i ( ) 9 AS-i ( ) 10 AS-i ( ) 11, 13, 15 AS-i ( ) 12, 14, 16 AS-i ( )
AS-i Encoder/ decoder
+ -
Port 2
Interface terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
AS-i AS-i
+ -
10 12 14 16 Port 2
Port 1
Figure C-11 Wiring Diagram for AS-Interface
C-23
DeviceNet
The DeltaV system supports the DeviceNet card and Series 2 DeviceNet card in Simplex mode. DeviceNet is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that interconnects devices in the field. For information on installing DeviceNet devices, refer to the DeviceNet web site at http://www.odva.org.
Installation Notes
The Fieldbus H1 terminal block is recommended to provide terminations for field wiring for the DeviceNet card and Series 2 DeviceNet card in Simplex mode. The key on the H1 terminal block is set to D6 at the factory. Change the key position to D5 to match the key on the Series 2 DeviceNet card. Refer to page C-97 for specifications on the Fieldbus H1 terminal block. The DeviceNet and Series 2 DeviceNet card in Simplex mode require the MD controller. Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to a DeviceNet network.
Table C-7 DeviceNet Interface Specifications (includes Series 2) Item Number of Ports Port Type LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power (24 VDC nominal), per card Mounting One DeviceNet 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum Specification
40 mA maximum at 24 VDC ( 10%)
Assigned slot of I/O carrier
C-24
Carrier I/O Card Termination 5 +24 VDC Regulator 1 24 VDC return
System
3 Shield
8 Shield 4 CAN HI
2 CAN LO
Fieldbus H1 terminal block (change key position to D5)
V CL D CH V
Figure C-12 Wiring Diagram for DeviceNet
C-25
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact

The DeltaV system supports the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and the Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card (Simplex and Redundant modes).
Installation Notes
The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact and the Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-96 for terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the I/O terminal block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for specifications on the 16-pin mass termination block. The Redundant Discrete terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-112 for specifications on this terminal block. Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode. Compatibility with NAMUR Sensors NAMUR sensors that are designed to operate within an excitation voltage range of 5 to 18 V are compatible with Series 2 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards. At 24 VDC, enough wetting current and excitation voltage is provided to operate NAMUR sensors designed for an excitation voltage range of 5 to 18 V. NAMUR sensors not designed to operate in the 5 to 18 V range may not work with Series 2 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards. Line Fault Detection The Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact card has line fault detection for detecting open or short circuits in field wiring. To use this capability you must: Enable line fault detection in your configuration. Enable line fault detection on a channel-by-channel basis when you configure the channels. Connect the dry contact to external resistors. Connect the dry contact to a 6.8 K resistor in parallel (allows the open circuit detection) and a 2.4 K resistor in series (allows short circuit detection).
C-26
(Odd no.)
+ -
2.4K 6.8K
(Even no.)
Figure C-13 External Line Fault Detection Resistors
Line Fault Detection Short Circuit Open Circuit
Value Detected <100 for guaranteed short circuit detection >100 k for guaranteed open loop detection
Line Fault Detection in NAMUR Sensors Line fault detection is built into NAMUR sensors. Do not use external resistors with NAMUR sensors; however, you must enable line fault detection in your configuration when using NAMUR sensors.
C-27
Table C-8 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Specifications (includes Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. > 2.2 mA < 1 mA 5 k 75 mA typical 100 mA maximum Series 2: 90 mA typical 150 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) Mounting 40 mA at 24 VDC ( 10%) 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
C-28
Carrier Optional fuse Termination I/O Card
(Odd no.)
+
I/O Terminal block (Even no.)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-14 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
C-29
Carrier Optional fuse Termination I/O Card
+
(Odd no.)
+ -
5K
Logic
(Even no.) I/O Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-15 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex Mode
C-30
Carrier
+
Redundant Primary I/O card termination Mode
Relay
5K
Logic
(Odd no.)
+
Secondary I/O card 5K System
(Even no.) Redundant discrete terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Logic
Figure C-16 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Redundant Mode
C-31
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card. Refer to page C-96 for terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the fused I/O terminal block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for specifications on the 16-pin mass termination block. If you use a mass termination block with the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card, refer to the termination block specifications for the input rating for each block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications listed in Table C-9.
Table C-9 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. > 10 VDC < 5 VDC 5 k 75 mA typical 100 mA maximum None 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Input impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
Field circuit power, per card Optional fuse Mounting
C-32
Optional fuse
Carrier Termination I/O Card (Odd no.) 24 VDC Source 5K System
+ -
+
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-17 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated
C-33
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact

Installation Notes
The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact card. An optional terminal block is the I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-10 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC. > 1.4 mA < 0.56 mA 60 k 75 mA 100 mA maximum 15 mA at 120 VAC 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Optional fuse Mounting
C-34
Carrier Optional fuse Termination (Odd no.) I/O Card
120 VAC Bussed field power connection

L N
+ -
(Even no.) I/O Terminal block
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-18 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact
C-35
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal block is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-11 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC and from other channels at 250 VAC. 84 VAC to 130 VAC 0 VAC to 34 VAC 2 mA at 120 VAC 60 k 75 mA typical 100 mA maximum None 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Input load (contact cleaning) Input impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
C-36
Carrier Optional fuse Termination (Odd no.)

L
I/O Card
+ -
60K
System
120 VAC Source

N
(Even no.)
1 2 I/O Terminal block
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-19 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated
C-37
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact

Installation Notes
The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact card. An optional terminal block is the I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-12 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC. > 0.71 mA < 0.28 mA 238 k 75 mA 100 mA maximum 7 mA at 230 VAC 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Optional fuse Mounting
C-38
Carrier Optional fuse Termination (Odd no.) I/O Card
230 VAC Bussed field power connection

L N
+ -
(Even no.)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
I/O Terminal block
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-20 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact
C-39
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 230 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal block is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-13 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC and from other channels at 250 VAC. 168 VAC to 250 VAC 0 VAC to 68 VAC 1 mA at 230 VAC 238 k 75 mA 100 mA maximum None 2.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for On Detection level for Off Input load (contact cleaning) Input impedance LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
C-40
Carrier Optional fuse Termination (Odd no.)

L
I/O Card
+ -
238K
System
230 VAC Source

N
(Even no.)
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
I/O Terminal block
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-21 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated
C-41
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact

The DeltaV system supports the DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and the Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card in Simplex mode.
Installation Notes
The 32-Channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact and Series 2 DI, 32channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards. Refer to page C-105 for specifications. The 40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to page C-122 for specifications. The return connection for all 32 channels is the 24 VDC Field Power Ground. You must supply an external wire to make this connection. However the connection is internally made if the 40-pin mass termination block is used with the Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and no external wire is required.
Table C-14 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (includes Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation 32 Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. > 2 mA < 0.25 mA 5 K 50 mA typical 75 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card 150 mA at 24 VDC ( 10%) Series 2 150 mA at 24 VDC (-15%/+20%) Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for ON Detection level for OFF Impedance LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card
C-42
+
Termination I/O Card
Common connection System for 32 channels
32-Channel terminal block (the numbers indicate the channel assigments)
+
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 17 21 25 29
10 14 18 22 26 30 11 15 19 23 27 31 12 16 20 24 28 32
Figure C-22 Wiring Diagram for DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact
C-43
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side

The DeltaV system supports the DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card and the Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card (Simplex and Redundant modes).
Installation Notes
The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side and the Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card in Simplex mode. Optional terminal blocks are the I/O terminal block, and the 10 and 16-pin mass termination blocks. Refer to page C-96 for specifications on the I/O terminal blocks and to page C-118 and page C-119for mass termination block specifications. If you use a mass termination block with the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side I/O card, refer to the termination block specifications for the output rating for each block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications listed in Table C-15. The Redundant Discrete terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card. Refer to page C-112 for terminal block specifications. Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode. Line Fault Detection The Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC High-Side card has line fault detection that can be enabled on a channel-by-channel basis as a configuration item. When line fault detection is enabled, the card detects open and short line fault conditions by performing an internal readback of the output to verify its value in both on and off states. The card tests the opposite state of its current value by temporarily changing the output to that value, performing the internal readback, then returning the output to its configured output value. The pulses to the opposite state are never greater than 200 Sec. High speed inputs that connect to a DO channel with line fault enabled must consider these pulses in the input software scheme. When line fault detection is not enabled, a more limited detection of open and short line fault conditions is available on the active redundant card only. This is accomplished by the internal readback mechanism without pulsing the output to the opposite state. Therefore, shorts can be detected only when the DO channel is on, and opens can be detected only when the DO channel is off. When line fault detection is not enabled, and the card is simplex, line fault tests do not run and line fault conditions are not reported.
C-44
Note
Total cable capacitance of less than 30nF is acceptable. Line fault detection does not work with large inductive or capacitive loads and must be disabled under these conditions.
Line Fault Detection Short Circuit Open Circuit
Value Detected < 5 for > 3 seconds >25 K for guaranteed open loop detection < 8 K for guaranteed no open loop detection
Table C-15 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 2 VDC to 60 VDC Series 2: 24 VDC 10% Output rating 1.0 A continuous per channel (inrush 4.0 A for <100 ms; 6.0 A for <20 ms); 3.0 A maximum per card 2.0 A (inrush 5.0 A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty cycle) 1.2 mA maximum 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum Series 2: 90 mA typical 150 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card 3.0 A at 24 VDC ( 10%) Specification
Output range
Optional fuse (Simplex mode only)
Off-state leakage LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
C-45
Table C-15 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2) (Continued) Item Configurable channel types: Discrete Output Output stays in last state submitted by the controller. Output is active for a pre-configured time period (100 ms to 100 s). Output is active as a percentage of a preconfigured base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms. Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Momentary Output
Continuous Pulse Output
Mounting
Carrier
+
I/O Card Common connection for 8 channels System
Termination Optional fuse
(Odd no.)
+
Load
(Even no.) I/O Terminal block
+ -
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16
Figure C-23 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Simplex Mode
C-46
Carrier
+
Primary I/O card Common connections for 8 channels System
- +
Redundant termination
Mode
Relay
(Odd no.)
+
Secondary I/O card Load
System
(Even no.)
Redundant discrete terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure C-24 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Redundant Mode
C-47
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card. Refer to page C-96 for specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the Fused I/O terminal block and 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for specifications on the 16pin mass termination block. If you use a mass termination block with the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card, refer to the termination block specifications for the output rating for each block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications listed in Table C-16.
Table C-16 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system and from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 2 VDC to 60 VDC 1.0 A (inrush 4.0 A for <100 ms; 6.0 A for <20 ms) 1.2 mA maximum 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum None Specification
Output range Output rating
Off-state leakage LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card
Field circuit power, per card Configurable channel types: Discrete Output
Output stays in last state submitted by the controller. Output is active for a pre-configured time period (100 ms to 100 s). Output is active as a percentage of a preconfigured base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms. 2.0 A (inrush 5.0 A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty cycle) Assigned slot of I/O carrier
Momentary Output
Optional fuse
Mounting
C-48
Carrier
Optional fuse
I/O Card
Termination (Odd no.)
System
+
DC Power supply
(Even no.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
Load
10 12 14
+ 16 -
I/O Terminal block
Figure C-25 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated
C-49
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side

Installation Notes
The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side card. An optional terminal block is the I/O terminal block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-17 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC. 20 VAC to 250 VAC 1.0 A continuous per channel (inrush 5 A for < 100 ms; 20 A for < 20 ms) 3.0 A maximum per card up to 50C 2.0 A maximum per card up to 60C Optional fuse Off state leakage 2.0 A (inrush 5A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty cycle) 2 mA maximum at 120 VAC, 4 mA maximum at 230 VAC 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum 3.0 A at 120 VAC or 230 VAC per I/O Interface Specification
LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Configurable channel types: Discrete Output Momentary Output
Output stays in last state submitted by the controller. Output is active for a pre-configured time period (100 ms to 100 s). Output is active as a percentage of a pre-configured base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms. Assigned slot of I/O carrier
Mounting
C-50
Carrier
120/230 VAC Bussed AC field power connection

L N
I/O Card Common connection for 8 channels System
Termination
Optional fuse
(Odd no.)
+
Load
(Even no.) I/O Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14
+ 16 -
Figure C-26 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side
C-51
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal block is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-18 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation Eight Each channel is optically isolated from the system at 250 VAC and from other channels at 250 VAC. 20 VAC to 250 VAC 1.0 A continuous per channel (inrush 5 A for <100 ms; 20 A for <20 ms) 3.0 A maximum per card up to 50C (122F) 2.0 A maximum per card up to 60C (140F) Optional fuse 2.0 A (inrush 5A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty cycle) 2 mA maximum at 120 VAC 4 mA maximum at 230 VAC 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum None Specification
Off state leakage
LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Configurable channel types: Discrete Output
Output stays in last state submitted by the controller. Output is active for a pre-configured time period (100 ms to 100 s). Output is active as a percentage of a preconfigured base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms. Assigned slot of I/O carrier
Momentary Output
Mounting
C-52
Carrier Optional fuse I/O Card Termination
(Odd no.) System
120/230 VAC Power

N
(Even no.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
Load
I/O Terminal block
10 12 14
+ 16 -
Figure C-27 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated
C-53

The DeltaV system supports the DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card and the Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card in Simplex mode.
Installation Notes
The 32-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side and Series 2 DO, 32Channel, 24 VDC, High Side cards. Refer to page C-105 for terminal block specifications. The 40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to page C-122 for information on the 40-pin mass termination block. The return connection for all 32 channels is the 24 VDC Field Power Ground. You must supply an external wire to make this connection. However the connection is internally made if the 40-pin mass termination block is used with the Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card and no external wire is required. A resettable 1A fuse protects each group of four channels (1-4, 5-8,...2932) from a short circuit. Excessive current on any single channel can trip the fuse and disable all four channels in the group. If the fuse trips, turn off or disconnect the group of four channels and allow the fuse to cool and reset.
Table C-19 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (includes Series 2) Item Number of channels Isolation 32 Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 24 VDC ( 10%) Series 2 24 VDC (-15%/+20%) Output rating Off-state leakage LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card 100 mA per channel 0.1 mA maximum 100 mA typical 150 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card 3.2 A at 24 VDC ( 10%) Series 2 3.2 A at 24 VDC (-15%/+20%) Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Output range
C-54
Carrier
+
I/O Card
Termination
Load
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
13 17 21 25 29
32-Channel terminal block (the numbers indicate the channel assigments)
10 14 18 22 26 30 11 15 19 23 27 31 12 16 20 24 28 32
Figure C-28 Wiring Diagram for DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
C-55
Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1

The DeltaV system supports the following types of H1 cards:

Fieldbus H1 Series 2 H1 (Simplex and Redundant modes)
Fieldbus is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that interconnects devices such as actuators, sensors, discrete devices, and controllers in the field. It is a Local Area Network (LAN) for instruments that enables basic control and I/O to be moved to the field device. Refer to the manual Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System for more information.
Installation Notes
The Fieldbus H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the H1 card. Refer to page C-97 for information. The Series 2 H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 H1 card in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-98 for specifications. The Redundant H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 H1 card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-113 for specifications. Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal block and operated in Redundant mode. Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to a fieldbus segment.
C-56
Table C-20 DeltaV Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 Specifications Item Number of Ports Port Type Isolation Two Foundation Fieldbus H1 - 31.25 Kbit/second Each port is isolated from the system and from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum Series 2: 200 mA typical 300 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card Fieldbus power (for Series 2 card) Mounting None. 9 to 32 VDC, 12 mA per port Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card
Carrier I/O Card Termination
System
System
+ 2+ 345+ 6+ 781
Port 1
Port 2
Fieldbus H1 terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+ + - - + + - Port 1 Port 2
Figure C-29 Wiring Diagram for Fieldbus H1
C-57
Carrier
I/O Card
Termination
Optional power module Port 1 H1 encoder/ decoder 1, 7 24 VIN ( ) (optional)
+ -
2, 8 24 VIN ( ) (optional)
3 Port 1 ( ) Port 1 4 Port 1 ( )
+ -
System
Port 2 H1 encoder/ decoder
5 Port 2 ( ) Port 2 6 Port 2 ( )
+ -
Series 2 H1 terminal block
+ - + Port 1 Port 2
Figure C-30 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Simplex Mode
C-58
Carrier
24 VDC Bussed field power connection Redundant termination Port 1 H1 encoder/decoder
Primary I/O card
+ -
Primary power module Secondary power module
1, 7 24 VIN ( ) 2 , 8 24 VIN ( ) 9, 15 24 VIN ( ) 10, 16
+ -
Optional
System
+ 24 VIN (-)
Optional
Port 2 H1 encoder/decoder Secondary I/O card Port 1 H1 encoder/decoder
+ -
+ + 4, 12 3, 11
Port 1
+ + + 6, 14 5, 13
System Port 2 H1 encoder/decoder
Port 2
+ -
Redundant H1 terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Figure C-31 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Redundant Mode
C-59
Isolated Input
The DeltaV system supports the Series 2 Isolated Input card. The Isolated Input card supports Thermocouple, MilliVolt, RTD, ohms, and Voltage input ranges.
Installation Notes
The Isolated Input Card uses the Isolated Input Terminal Block to provide terminations for wiring. Refer to Isolated Input Terminal Block on page C-100 for information.
Table C-21 Isolated Input Card Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.10101-92 4 Installation Cat II, Pollution degree 2 Channel to system - 600 VAC double insulation Channel to channel - 600 VAC basic insulation1 Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 5000 VDC Each channel is optically isolated from each other and factory tested to 3100 VDC ADC Resolution -3dB Filter Frequency DC/50/60 Hz Common Mode Rejection Input Impedance Thermocouple Sensor Types RTD Sensor Types 16 bit 2.7 Hz 120 dB 10 M B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, Uncharacterized PT100, PT200, Ni120, Cu10, Resistance, User defined Refer to Table C-24 and Table C-27. Independently configurable -40 to 70C None required Assigned slot of I/O carrier 12 VDC, 350 mA, no field power required Specification
mV and V ranges Input type mix Ambient temperature Calibration Mounting LocalBus power rating
1. Warning: When hazardous live voltages are present on a channel, adjacent channel wiring must be inaccessible.
C-60
Table C-22 Isolated Input Card, Thermocouple and MilliVolt Input Specifications Item Linearization error Cold Junction Compensation Accuracy Cold Junction Compensation types Cold Junction Compensation range Temperature scale Open circuit detection (Thermocouple only) Detection time Specification 0.003% Full Scale 1.0C Off, local, remote -40 to 85C ITS90 0.4 A DC
1 second
Table C-23 Isolated Input Card Thermocouple Input Range Specifications Sensor Types 25C Reference Accuracy1 1.2 C 0.5 C 0.6 C 0.5 C 1.0 C 1.7 C 1.8 C 0.7 C 0.05 mV Temperature Drift Nominal Resolution Full Scale Operating Range
B E J K N R S T Uncharacterized no linearization or CJC
0.116 C/ C 0.004 C/ C 0.005 C/ C .013 C/ C .015 C/ C .083 C/ C .095 C/ C .025 C/ C .0003 mV/ C
0.09 C 0.05 C 0.06 C 0.05 C 0.05 C 0.06 C 0.08 C 0.04 C .0031 mV
250 to 1810 C -200 to 1000 C -210 to 1200 C -270 to 1372 C -270 to 1300 C -50 to 1768 C -50 to 1768 C -270 to 400 C -100 to 100 mV
500 to 1810 C -200 to 1000 C -190 to 1200 C -140 to 1372 C -190 to 1300 C 0 to 1768 C 0 to 1768 C -200 to 400 C -100 to 100 mV
1.Total error is made up of reading accuracy, CJC accuracy, and sensor accuracy.
C-61
Table C-24 Isolated Input Card MilliVolt Input Range Specifications Sensor Type Input Ranges 25C Reference Accuracy 0.02 mV 0.03 mV 0.05 mV Temperature Drift Maximum Resolution 0.0008 mV 0.0017 mV 0.0031 mV
20 mV 50 mV 100 mV
20 mV 50 mV 100 mV
0.001 mV / C 0.0005 mV / C 0.0003 mV / C
Table C-25 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Specifications Item Measurement configurations Excitation current Temperature scale Open sensor detection time Short circuit detection time Pt 100 and Pt 200 alpha Specification 2, 3, and 4 wire 100 A DC ITS90 1 second 1 second 0.00385
Table C-26 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Range Specifications Sensor Type 25C Reference Accuracy 0.5 C 0.5 C 0.2 C 2.0 C 0.5 ohms 0.4 ohms Temperature Drift Resolution Sensor Input Range -200 to 850 C -200 to 850 C -70 to 300 C -30 to 140 C 1 to 1000 ohm 0 to 1000 ohms
Pt100 Pt200 Ni120 Cu10 Resistance User defined
0.018 C/C 0.012 C/C 0.006 C/C 0.076 C/C 0.018 ohms/C 0.009 ohms/C
0.05 C 0.05 C 0.02 C 0.23 C 0.02 ohms ~0.05 ohms
C-62
Table C-27 Isolated Input Card, Voltage Input Range Specifications Sensor Type Sensor Range 25C Reference Accuracy 0.005 V 0.010 V 0.005 V 0.0025 V 0.005 V 0.010 V Temperature Drift Maximum Resolution
0-5V 0 - 10 V 1-5V 1V 5V 10 V
0-5V 0 - 10 V 1-5V 1V 5V 10 V
0.0002 V/ C 0.0004 V/ C 0.0002 V/ C 0.0002 V/ C 0.0002 V/ C 0.0004 V/ C
0.00009 V 0.00016 V 0.00009 V 0.00015 V 0.00017 V 0.0003 V
C-63
Carrier
Termination
I/O Card Excitation current
1, 5, 9, 13
+
2, 6, 10, 14
4 wire 3 wire 2 wire
TC mV V
3, 7, 11, 15
A/D Conv.
To system
4, 8, 12, 16
Isolated input terminal block
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
4-wire sensor excitation
+ -
Sensor Sensor
+ -
Wire compensation
Ch 1
Ch 2
Ch 3
Ch 4
Figure C-32 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 Isolated Input
C-64
Multifunction
Installation Notes
The Multifunction card uses the 32-channel terminal block to provide terminations for wiring. Table C-28 lists the cable pin out connections for the Multifunction card. Refer to page C-105 for 32-channel terminal block specifications.
Table C-28 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Multifunction Card
Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 11 Terminal 12 Terminal 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16
Channel Nomenclature
Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 17 Terminal 18 Terminal 19 Terminal 20 Terminal 21 Terminal 22 Terminal 23 Terminal 24 Terminal 25 Terminal 26 Terminal 27 Terminal 28 Terminal 29 Terminal 30 Terminal 31 Terminal 32
Channel Nomenclature
Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Reserved for future use +24 VDC - 24 VDC (return) Reserved for future use Reserved for future use +24 VDC - 24 VDC (return)
DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch1+ DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch1Reserved for future use Reserved for future use DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch2+ DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch2Reserved for future use Reserved for future use DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch3+ DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch3Reserved for future use Reserved for future use DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch4+ DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch4Reserved for future use Reserved for future use
The Multifunction I/O Card discrete input channel has a switching hysteresis of 80 mV. Noise signals above this amplitude are detected by the input channel.
C-65
Table C-29 Multifunction Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation 4 Each channel is optically isolated from the system and from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. 4.8 VDC (minimum) 1.0 VDC (maximum) 3 to 25 mA at 5 to 24 VDC 0.1% reading (over 10 Hz - 50 kHz signals)1 Sine wave - 10Hz to 50kHz Square wave - 0.1 Hz to 50kHz Resolution Minimum pulse width Maximum input voltage Resolution counter LocalBus current Mounting 1 pulse 10 S 26.4 VDC 32 bits 250 mA maximum Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for ON Detection level for OFF Input impedance Input accuracy Input frequency
1. For a pulse input channel, filtering may be required to meet the accuracy specification.
C-66
Carrier Termination I/O Card
24 VDC Source
+ -
+ -
750
System
Use 32-channel terminal block (refer to table for pin out connections and channel nomenclature)
Ch Ch Ch Ch 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 17 21 25 29
10 14 18 22 26 30 11 15 19 23 27 31 12 16 20 24 28 32
+ -
Figure C-33 Wiring Diagram for Multifunction 24 VDC
C-67
Profibus DP
The DeltaV system supports the Profibus DP and Series 2 Profibus DP card in Simplex mode. Profibus is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that interconnects devices in the field. For information on installing Profibus devices, refer to the Profibus web site at http://www.profibus.com.
Installation Notes
The Profibus terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Profibus DP card and Series 2 Profibus DP card in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-101 for terminal block specifications.
Table C-30 Profibus Interface Specifications (includes Series 2) Item Number of Ports Port Type LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Mounting One Profibus DP 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum None Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
C-68
Carrier
I/O Card
Termination 1 A1
T in System
Terminator
3 B1 4 A2 6 B2 7 CTS 2S 5S 8S Profibus DP terminal block (refer to terminal block specifications for terminator positions)
T out
A1 S B1 A2 S
B2 CTS S
Figure C-34 Wiring Diagram for Profibus DP
C-69
RTD, ohms
Installation Notes
The RTD, ohms terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the RTD, ohms card. Refer to page C-103 for terminal block specifications.
Table C-31 RTD, ohms Specifications Item Number of channels Sensor Types Eight 2-wire, 3-wire, or 4-wire: Resistance, Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Ni120, Cu10, user defined Selectable based on sensor. Refer to Table C-32. 12 VDC, 160 mA 0 to 60 C Refer to Table C-32. 16 bits conversion Specification
Full scale signal range
LocalBus Power Rating Ambient Temperature Accuracy over temperature range Resolution (Varies with sensor type. Refer to Table C-32). Repeatability Normal Mode Rejection Calibration Mounting
0.05% of span 100 dB at 50/60 Hz None required Assigned slot of I/O carrier
C-70
Table C-32 shows the full scale, operating range, reference accuracy, temperature drift, and resolution for the RTD, ohms sensor types.
Table C-32 RTD, ohms Sensor Type Specifications Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25 Reference Accuracy 6.2 ohms 0.5 C 0.5 C 3.5 C 0.2 C 2.0 C 0.4 ohms Temperature Drift Resolution
Resistance Pt100 Pt200 Pt500 Ni120 Cu10 User defined
0 to 2,000 ohms -200 to 850C -200 to 850C -200 to 850C -70 to 300C -30 to 140C 0 to 1000 ohms
0 to 2,000 ohms -200 to 850C -200 to 850C -200 to 850C -70 to 300C -30 to 140C 0 to 1000 ohms
0.112 ohms/C 0.018 C/C 0.012 C/C 0.063 C/C 0.006 C/C 0.157 C/C 0.009 ohms/C
~0.02 ohms ~0.05 C ~0.05 C ~0.18 C ~0.02 C ~0.23 C ~0.05 ohms
C-71
Carrier
Termination
Sensor excitation
I/O Card Excitation current
Sensor
4 wire
+
A/D Conv. System
3 wire
2 wire
Sensor
Circuit common
RTD, ohms Terminal block
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 Sensor excitation 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
+ -
Sensor Sensor
10 12 14 16 Circuit common
Figure C-35 Wiring Diagram for RTD, ohms
C-72
Sequence of Events
Installation Notes
The 32-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Sequence of Events card. Refer to page C-105 for specifications. The 40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to page C-122 for specifications. Table C-33 lists the cable pin out connections for the Sequence of Events card.
Table C-33 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Sequence of Events Terminal Channel Nomenclature Channel 1+ Channel 1Channel 2+ Channel 2Channel 3+ Channel 3Channel 4+ Channel 4Channel 5+ Channel 5Channel 6+ Channel 6Channel 7+ Channel 7Channel 8+ Channel 8Terminal Channel Nomenclature Channel 9+ Channel 9Channel 10+ Channel 10Channel 11+ Channel 11Channel 12+ Channel 12Channel 13+ Channel 13Channel 14+ Channel 14Channel 15+ Channel 15Channel 16+ Channel 16-
Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 11 Terminal 12 Terminal 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16
Terminal 17 Terminal 18 Terminal 19 Terminal 20 Terminal 21 Terminal 22 Terminal 23 Terminal 24 Terminal 25 Terminal 26 Terminal 27 Terminal 28 Terminal 29 Terminal 30 Terminal 31 Terminal 32
C-73
An MD controller and Network Time Server are required for a Sequence of Events card. Refer to Setting Up a Network Time Server on page 2-49 for information on using a Network Time Server with the DeltaV system.
Table C-34 Sequence of Events Specifications Item Number of channels Isolation 16 Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. > 2 mA < 0.25 mA 5K 50 mA typical 75 mA maximum Field circuit power, per card Mounting 75 mA at 24 VDC ( 10%) Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Detection level for ON Detection level for OFF Impedance LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card
C-74
Carrier
+
Termination I/O card (Odd no.)
System (Even no.) 32-Channel terminal block Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13 17 21 25 29
10 14 18 22 26
+ 30 + 32 -
11 15 19 23 27 31 12 16 20 24 28
Figure C-36 Wiring Diagram for Sequence of Events
C-75
Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485

The DeltaV system supports the Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 and the Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485. The DeltaV Serial Card provides an interface to a variety of serial devices, such as PLCs (Programmable Logic Controllers) that use the Modbus RTU or ASCII protocol. With the DeltaV Explorer, you can configure each of the two ports provided on the serial card to support RS232, RS422/485 half duplex, or RS422/485 full duplex signals and you can configure the baud rate of each port.
Installation Notes
For CE compliance, use shielded cables to connect the serial card to external devices. Ground the cable shield at one end only. If the external device does not provide a mechanism to ground the cable shield, connect the shield to the DeltaV Carrier Shield Bar. If you use the RS422/485 ports, the shield must also provide the ground reference for the port. Connect the cable shield to the corresponding ground (GND) terminal on the interface terminal block. The Interface terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Serial card and the Series 2 Serial card in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-99 for terminal block specifications. The Redundant Interface terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 Serial card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-114 for information. Refer to ANSI TIA/EIA-485-A for RS485 full duplex termination requirements.
The following tables define the terminal assignments for RS232, RS422/485 half duplex, and RS422/485 full duplex port types.
Table C-35 RS232 Terminal Assignments Terminal Terminal 1 Terminal 3 Terminal 5 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Assignment Port 1 GND Port 1 TXD Port 1 RXD Port 1 DTR Port 1 DSR Port 2 GND
C-76
Table C-35 RS232 Terminal Assignments (Continued) Terminal Terminal 11 Terminal 13 Terminal 15 Terminal 16 Assignment Port 2 TXD Port 2 RXD Port 2 DTR Port 2 DSR
Table C-36 RS422/485 Half Duplex Terminal Assignments Terminal Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 4 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 12 Assignment Port 1 GND Port 1 DATA+ Port 1 DATA Port 2 GND Port 2 DATA+ Port 2 DATA
Note
RS-485 Full Duplex is not supported when the card is configured as a Modbus slave in a multidrop environment.
C-77
Table C-37 RS422/485 Full Duplex Terminal Assignments Terminal Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 4 Terminal 6 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 12 Terminal 14 Terminal 16 Assignment Port 1 GND Port 1 TXD+ Port 1 TXD Port 1 RXD+ Port 1 RXD Port 2 GND Port 2 TXD+ Port 2 TXD Port 2 RXD+ Port 2 RXD
Table C-38 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Specifications Item Number of serial ports Port types Two RS232, RS422/485 half duplex, RS422/485 full duplex (configurable with the DeltaV Explorer) Each port is optically isolated from the system and from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC. The ports must be grounded via the external device. Configurable with the DeltaV Explorer RS232: 15 m (50 ft) RS422/485: 610 m (2000 ft) 200 mA typical, 300 mA maximum Specification
Isolation
Baud rate Maximum cable lengths
LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Field circuit power, per card Mounting
None Assigned slot of I/O carrier
C-78
Figure C-37 shows a wiring scheme from Port 1 on the Interface terminal block for a Serial card and a Series 2 Serial card in Simplex mode to a Modicon Model 984 controller.
1 3 5 7 91 11 31 5 2 4 6 8 101 2141 6
Terminal Block Modicon Model 984 Controller 9-Pin Connector
Bottom View
1 (SHIELD) (GND) 1 (TXD) 3 (RXD) 5 (DTR) 7 (DSR) 8 5 (GND) 2 (RXD) 3 (TXD) 6 (DSR) 4 (DTR) 7 (RTS) 8 (CTS)
Figure C-37 Wiring Example, Interface Terminal Block, Serial Card
C-79
Figure C-38 shows an example for connecting a primary and secondary computer to a Redundant Interface terminal block for a Series 2 Serial card in Redundant mode. For each computer, use the same wiring scheme as shown in Figure C-37.
83.8 mm
1 3 5 7 91 1131 5 1 3 5 7 91 1131 5
39.0 mm
2 4 6 8101 2141 6 2 4 6 8101 2141 6
Bottom View
To Primary Computer To Secondary Computer
Figure C-38 Wiring Example for Redundant Interface Terminal Block
C-80
Thermocouple, mV
Installation Notes
The Thermocouple, mV terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the Thermocouple, mV card. Refer to page C104 for specifications. An optional terminal block is the I/O terminal block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications. When the Thermocouple, mV card is plugged into a Thermocouple terminal block, it functions as a Thermocouple card; when it is plugged into an I/O terminal block, it functions as an mV card.
Table C-39 Thermocouple, mV Specifications Item Number of channels Sensor Types: mV Thermocouple Isolation Low level voltage source B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, uncharacterized Each channel is optically isolated from the system and factory tested to 1500 VDC. Channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are isolated from channels 5, 6, 7, and 8 (verified by 1500 VDC factory test). Thermocouples attached to channels 1, 2, 3,and 4 are not electrically isolated and should be within 0.7 VDC of each other. Thermocouples attached to channels 5, 6, 7,and 8 are not electrically isolated and should be within 0.7 VDC of each other. Full scale signal range Selectable based on sensor type. Refer to Table C-40. 12 VDC, 350 mA 0 to 60 C Eight Specification
LocalBus Power Rating Ambient Temperature Accuracy over temperature range (linearized): Thermocouple mV
Refer to Table C-40. Refer to Table C-41.
C-81
Table C-39 Thermocouple, mV Specifications (Continued) Item Cold Junction Compensation Resolution (Varies with sensor type. Refer to Table C-40). Repeatability Normal Mode Rejection: mV Thermocouple Calibration Mounting -25 dB at 50/60 Hz -100 dB at 50/60 Hz None required Assigned slot of I/O carrier 1 C 16 bits Specification
0.05% of span
Table C-40 shows specifications for the Thermocouple sensor types and Table C-41 shows specifications for the mV sensor types.
Table C-40 Thermocouple Sensor Type Specifications Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25 Reference Accuracy1 0.1 mV Temperature Drift Resolution
Uncharacterized (No linearization, no cold junction compensation.) B E J K N R S T
-100 to 100 mV
-100 to 100 mV
0.002 mV/ C
~ 0.003mV
250 to 1810 C -200 to 1000 C -210 to 1200 C -270 to 1372 C -270 to 1300 C -50 to 1768 C -50 to 1768 C -270 to 400 C
500 to 1810 C -200 to 1000 C -190 to 1200 C -200 to 1372 C -190 to 1300 C -50 to 1768 C -40 to 1768 C -200 to 400 C
2.4 C 0.6 C 0.8 C 0.5 C 1.0 C 2.1 C 2.2 C 0.7 C
0.056 C/ C 0.008 C/ C 0.011 C/ C 0.016 C/ C 0.007 C/ C 0.013 C/ C 0.067 C/ C 0.001 C/ C
~ 0.18 C ~ 0.07 C ~ 0.05 C ~ 0.18 C ~ 0.10 C ~ 0.14 C ~ 0.24 C ~ 0.04 C
1.Total error is made up of reading accuracy, CJC accuracy, and sensor accuracy.
C-82
Table C-41 mV Sensor Type Specifications Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25 Reference Accuracy 0.1 mV Temperature Drift Resolution
Low Level Voltage Source
-100 to 100 mV
-100 to 100 mV
0.002 mV/ C
~ 0.003 mV
Carrier Termination I/O Card
(Odd no.)
+
A/D Converter System
(Even no.) Thermocouple, mV terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-39 Wiring Diagram for Thermocouple, mV
C-83
Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards

The I/O subsystem supports the following types of Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) I/O cards:

I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART I.S. DI, 16-Channel I.S. DO, 4-Channel
C-84
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

Installation Notes
The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the I.S. AI, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card. An optional block is the I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel terminal block. Refer to page C-124 for specifications.
Table C-42 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Item Number of channels Isolation: LocalBus to any channel Between channels I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail Nominal signal range (span) Full scale signal range Valid range for LED indication LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Line fault detection: Short circuit Open circuit Accuracy over temperature range Accuracy over EMC conditions Resolution Repeatability Calibration Communications Support >21.5 mA <0.5 mA 0.006% of span per C 1% of span 16 bits 0.05% of span Not required HART pass-through request/response HART variable report Field device status report Optional loop disconnect Mounting Yes Assigned slot of I/O carrier 60 VAC None 250 VAC 4 to 20 mA 2 to 22 mA 0.78 to 21.9 mA 600 mA Eight Specification
C-85
Warning
Hand-held, two-way radios should not be keyed within 0.5 M (1.64 ft., 19.7 in.) of Intrinsically Safe Analog Input cards as the level of radiated emissions from these units can interfere with the operation of the system.
I/S Carrier
12 VDC IS Power I/O Card
(Odd no.)
IS Termination Loop disconnect (optional)
IS Power Common connection for 8 channels System
-) (Even no.
I.S. 8-channel terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
A/D Converter
10 12 14
+ 16 -
Figure C-40 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
C-86
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA

The DeltaV system supports the I.S. AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA card and the I.S. AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card.
Installation Notes
The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the HART and non-HART versions of the I.S. AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA card. An optional block is the I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel terminal block. Refer to page C-124 for specifications.
Table C-43 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART) Item Number of channels Isolation: LocalBus to any channel Between channels I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail Nominal signal range (span) Full scale signal range Voltage to load Load resistance 60 VAC None 250 VAC 4 to 20 mA 1 to 22 mA 13 V minimum @ 20 mA 450 maximum 650 maximum with HART LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Open circuit detection threshold Accuracy (@ 25 C) Accuracy over temperature range Accuracy over EMC conditions 630 mA Eight Specification
0.7 mA 0.2 mA 20 A 0.006% of span per C 0.5% of span
C-87
Table C-43 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART) (Continued) Item Resolution Output compliance 12 bits 20 mA stored into 450 ohm load; independent of supply (non-HART) 20 mA stored into 650 ohm load; independent of supply (HART) Optional loop disconnect Calibration Mounting Yes Stored on card Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Warning
Before substituting an I.S. AO, 4-20 mA card with an I.S. AO, 4-20 mA, HART card, you must perform a loop analysis or reassess the field parameters. Refer to the following documents for valid field parameters: 12P1892, DeltaVTM Scalable Process System Class I Div.2 with Class I, II, III, Div. 1 Field Circuit Installation Instructions 12P2524, DeltaVTM I.S. I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance in Zone 2 Hazardous Areas 12P1990, DeltaVTM Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits, Installation Instructions
C-88
Carrier
12 VDC IS Power IS Termination Loop disconnect (optional) IS Power
I/O Card
(Odd no.)
Load A/D Converter
(Even no.)
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-41 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA
C-89
I/S Carrier I/O Card
12 VDC IS power IS Termination Loop disconnect (optional) IS Power
(Odd no.)
Load A/D Converter
(Even no.)
10 12 14 16
+ -
Figure C-42 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
C-90
I.S. DI, 16-Channel

Installation Notes
The I.S. 16-channel terminal block must be used to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the I.S. DI, 16-channel card. If this terminal block is not used, the card will not communicate with the DeltaV controller. Refer to page C-126 for information on this terminal block.
Table C-44 I.S. DI, 16-Channel Item Number of channels Isolation: LocalBus to any channel Between channels I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail Detection level for On Detection level for Off Voltage applied to sensor Line fault detection: Short circuit Open circuit Maximum input frequency Minimum pulse width detected Output impedance LocalBus current Switching hysteresis Optional loop disconnect Mounting <100 > 50 k 20 Hz 45 ms 100 @ > 6 mA (wetting current) 350 mA 200 A (nominal) Not offered Assigned slot of I/O carrier 60 VAC None 250 VAC >2.1 mA <1.2 mA 7.0 to 9.0 V from 1 k 10% Sixteen Specification
C-91
Common connection for 16 channels IS IS Carrier Termination

Resistors optional
12 VDC IS Power
I/O Card
(Odd no.)
680 22k
System Sense circuit
(Even no.)
I.S.16-channel terminal block
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
+ + -
10 12 14 16
Figure C-43 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DI, 16-Channel
C-92
I.S. DO, 4-Channel

Installation Notes
The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field wiring for the I.S. DO, 4-channel card. An optional block is the I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel terminal block. Refer to page C-124 for specifications.
Table C-45 I.S. DO, 4-Channel Item Number of channels Isolation: LocalBus to any channel Between channels I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail Output range 60 VAC None 250 VAC 22 V (open circuit) 11 V at 45 mA 25 VDC (maximum) Output rating Off state leakage LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Current limit per channel Line fault detection: Short circuit Open circuit Configurable channel types: Discrete output Momentary output Continuous pulse output Output stays in the last state submitted by the controller. Output is active for a pre-configured time period (100 ms to 100 s). Output is active as a percentage of a preconfigured base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution is 2 ms. Optional loop disconnect Mounting Yes Assigned slot of I/O carrier < 15 >13 k 45 mA (min.) N/A 560 mA Four Specification
45 mA
C-93
Carrier
12 VDC IS Power connection IS Termination

Loop disconnect (optional)
I/O Card
IS Power System
(Odd no.)
Load
(Odd no.) I.S. 8-channel terminal block (refer to terminal block specifications for pin out connections and channel nomenclature)
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
10 12 14 16
Figure C-44 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DO, 4-Channel
C-94
Terminal Blocks
The DeltaV system supports Terminal Blocks, Redundant Terminal Blocks, Mass Termination Blocks, and Intrinsically Safe Termination Blocks. The I/O subsystem supports the following types of terminal blocks:

I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-wire I/O Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block Series 2 H1 Terminal Block Interface Terminal Block Isolated Input Terminal Block Profibus DP Terminal Block RTD, ohms Terminal Block Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block 32-Channel Terminal Block 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block
Note
The terminal blocks contain a latch for quick release. To remove the terminal block, depress the latch with a screw driver or finger and pull the terminal block down and off.
The next sections provide information on Terminal Blocks. Refer also to Redundant Terminal Blocks on page C-108, Mass Termination Blocks on page C-116, and Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks on page C-124.
C-95
I/O Terminal Blocks

Table C-46 and Figure C-45 show specifications for the I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-wire I/O terminal blocks.
Table C-46 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating I/O and fused I/O 4-wire I/O Maximum current Mounting 250 VAC between non-connected signals 30 VDC 1 A per I/O channel Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying depends upon the card type. Refer to "I/O Interface Keying" for key position.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
+ -
10 12 14 16
Front View
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bottom View
Figure C-45 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block
C-96
Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block

The DeviceNet and Fieldbus H1 cards use the Fieldbus H1 terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-47 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage Rating Max Current Mounting 32 VDC 500 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (D6)
+ + - - + + - Port 1 Port 2
Front View Bottom View
Figure C-46 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block
Note
Change the key position to D5 for the DeviceNet card.
C-97
Series 2 H1 Terminal Block

The Series 2 H1 card uses the Series 2 H1 terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-48 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage Rating Max Current Mounting 35 VDC 500 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (D6)
H1
Cover with I/O labels
- ++ Port Port
1 2 Front View Bottom View
Figure C-47 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block
C-98
Interface Terminal Block

The AS-Interface and Serial cards use the Interface terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-49 Interface Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage Rating Max Current Mounting 35 VDC 1.0 A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14 16 Port 2
Port 1
Figure C-48 Interface Terminal Block
C-99
Isolated Input Terminal Block

The Isolated Input card uses the Isolated Input terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-50 Isolated Input Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage Rating Max Current Mounting 10 VAC/DC 500 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (C2)
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
4-wire sensor excitation
+ -
Sensor Sensor
+ -
Wire compensation
Ch 1
Front View
Ch Ch 2 3 Bottom View
Ch 4
Figure C-49 Isolated Input Terminal Block
C-100
Profibus DP Terminal Block

The Profibus DP card uses the Profibus DP terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-51 Profibus DP Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage Rating Max Current Mounting 5 VDC 100 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
The Profibus terminal block has two terminator positions on the front of the unit. Terminator OUT is the bottom position; terminator IN is the top position. The terminal block is shipped in the IN position.
Keying (D3)
Terminator in IN
OUT
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Front View
8 S
A1 S B1 A2 S B2 C T S Bottom View
Figure C-50 Profibus DP Terminal Block
C-101
Gently tug on the jumper to remove it and then push the jumper onto a terminator position. The location of the terminal block on the segment determines the terminator position.
Terminal Block Position End of segment Middle of segment IN OUT Note When the terminator is in the OUT position, the connection through the terminal block continues to the next device on the segment. Terminator Position
C-102
RTD, ohms Terminal Block

The RTD, ohms card uses the RTD, ohms terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-52 RTD, ohms Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current Mounting 5 VDC 200 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (C3)
Sensor excitation Sensor
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
Sensor
+ -
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15
+ -
Circuit common
10 12 14 16
Figure C-51 RTD, ohms Terminal Block
C-103
Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block

The Thermocouple, mV card uses the Thermocouple, mV terminal block to provide terminations for wiring.
Table C-53 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block Item Voltage rating Maximum current Mounting 5 VDC 100 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (C1)
Thermocouple
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
10 12 14
+ 16 -
Front View
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bottom View
Figure C-52 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block
C-104
32-Channel Terminal Block

Table C-54 32-Channel Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current Mounting 30 VDC 1A Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specifications
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
13 17 21 25 29
10 14 18 22 26 30 11 15 19 23 27 31 12 16 20 24 28 32
The numbers on the terminal block indicate the channel assigments.
Front View
Bottom View
Figure C-53 32-Channel Terminal Block
C-105
16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block

Table C-55 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current Mounting 30 VDC 100 mA Assigned slot of I/O carrier Specification
Keying (A2)
+ + -
10 12 14 16
Figure C-54 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block
C-106
Table C-56 lists the cable pin out connections for the 16-channel analog input terminal block.
Table C-56 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal block Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 11 Terminal 12 Terminal 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16 Channel Nomenclature Channel 1+ Channel 1Channel 2+ Channel 2Channel 3+ Channel 3Channel 4+ Channel 4Channel 5+ Channel 5Channel 6+ Channel 6Channel 7+ Channel 7Channel 8+ Channel 8Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 17 Terminal 18 Terminal 19 Terminal 20 Terminal 21 Terminal 22 Terminal 23 Terminal 24 Terminal 25 Terminal 26 Terminal 27 Terminal 28 Terminal 29 Terminal 30 Terminal 31 Terminal 32 Channel Nomenclature Channel 9+ Channel 9Channel 10+ Channel 10Channel 11+ Channel 11Channel 12+ Channel 12Channel 13+ Channel 13Channel 14+ Channel 14Channel 15+ Channel 15Channel 16+ Channel 16-
C-107
Redundant Terminal Blocks

The DeltaV system can use the following types of redundant terminal blocks:

Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block Redundant Discrete Terminal Block Redundant H1 Terminal Block Redundant Interface Terminal Block
Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to redundant terminal blocks and operated in Redundant mode.
Note
The redundant terminal blocks contain a latch for quick release. To remove the terminal block, depress the latch with a screw driver or finger and pull the terminal block down and off. The Redundant Interface terminal block contains two latches. To remove the terminal block, depress both latches and pull the terminal block down and off.
C-108
Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block

Table C-57 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum Current Operating Temperature Mounting 30 VDC 200 mA -40C to 60C (-40F to 140F) Specification
Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid pair.
Figure C-55 shows the Redundant Analog Input terminal block. You can change between two and four wire connections in groups of four channels. The 2-wire and 4-wire jumpers on the left are for channels 1-4 and the 2-wire and 4-wire jumpers on the right are for channels 5-8. For 4-wire transmitter applications, rotate the jumper module 180 until the Field Type arrows on the terminal block point to the 4-wire transmitter on the jumper.
C-109
(Keying A1)
To set the jumpers from 2-wire to 4-wire transmitters: 1. Remove jumper module from the terminal block. 2. Rotate jumper module 180 degrees to the connected transmitter field type. 3. Place it back into the terminal block.
I/O labels 4-WIRE Jumper module (shipped as 2-wire transmitter field type) 2-WIRE
2-WIRE
Analog Input Field Type
Front View
1 2
3 4
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Bottom View
Figure C-55 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block (shown as shipped)
C-110
4-WIRE
4-WIRE
2-WIRE
Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block

Table C-58 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum Current Operating Temperature Mounting 30 VDC 200 mA -40C to 60C (-40F to 140F) Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid pair. Specification
(Keying A4)
I/O labels
Redundant Analog Output
1 2
3 4
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure C-56 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block
C-111
Redundant Discrete Terminal Block

Table C-59 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current 30 VDC 1 A per I/O channel 3 A per card Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid pair. Specification
Figure C-57 shows the Redundant Discrete terminal block. The key on the Redundant Discrete terminal block is set to B1 at the factory for use with the Series 2 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact card. Change the key position to B6 to use this terminal block with the Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side card.
Keying B1 for DI card (as shown), B6 for DO card
I/O labels
Redundant Discrete
1 2
3 4
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure C-57 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block
C-112
Redundant H1 Terminal Block

Table C-60 Redundant H1 Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum Current Mounting 35 VDC 500 mA Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid pair. Specification
Keying (D6)
I/O labels
Redundant H1
1 2
3 4
7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Figure C-58 Redundant H1 Terminal Block
C-113
Redundant Interface Terminal Block

Table C-61 Redundant Interface Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum Current Mounting 35 VDC 1A Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid pair. Specification
The Series 2 Serial cards use the Redundant Interface terminal block. Figure C-59 shows the Redundant Interface terminal block.
Note
The Redundant Interface terminal block contains two latches for quick release. To remove the terminal block, depress both latches with a screw driver or finger and pull the terminal block down and off.
C-114
Keying (D4)
Redundant
Interface
Cover with I/O labels
Front View
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
11 13 15 Refer to card specifications for pin out connections and channel nomenclature.
10 12 14 16
10 12 14 16
Bottom View
Figure C-59 Redundant Interface Terminal Block
Refer to Table C-35, Table C-36, and Table C-37 for information on the terminal assignments for the Redundant Interface terminal block.
C-115
Mass Termination Blocks

The DeltaV system can use the following types of mass termination blocks:

10-Pin Mass Termination Block 16-Pin Mass Termination Block 24-Pin Mass Termination Block 40-Pin Mass Termination Block
The DeltaV mass termination blocks allow you to connect external marshalling panels and termination assemblies to your DeltaV system, significantly reducing wiring costs. The mass termination blocks provide a method to route the wiring within an enclosure and are used with low-level signals that are conducted over 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable or round instrument cable. These mass termination blocks interface to a feed-through IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact FLKM20 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. For more information on these modules, visit the Phoenix Contact website (www.phoenixcon.com/deltav).
Table C-62 Mass Termination Block Specifications Item Models Specification 10-pin mass termination block 16-pin mass termination block 24-pin mass termination block 40-pin mass termination block Voltage rating Maximum current 30 VDC between non-connected signals 1 A per I/O channel (16-pin, 40-pin) 1 A per cable (10-pin, 24-pin) 4 m (13.1 ft) Assigned slot of I/O carrier Set key position based on I/O card type. Factory settings: 10-pin: B 6 16-pin: A 1 24-pin: A 3 40-pin: B 3
Maximum cable length Mounting Key position
Note
The above specifications might be more restrictive than those listed in Table C-9 (DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications), Table C-16 (DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications), and Table C-15 (DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications).
C-116
Figure C-60 Mass Termination Block
C-117
10-Pin Mass Termination Block

The 10-pin mass termination block is used for relay panels or optically isolated panels. The 10-pin assembly provides an interface to many off-the-shelf, 8-channel PLC terminations and to other termination panels that use a 10-pin cable pin out. The two-row header accepts a 10-pin 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x5 header connectors (AMP part #746288-1, Strain Relief #499252-5) that can interface to a Phoenix Contact UMK-8 RM Series VARIOFACE output module or other similar modules. Table C-63 lists the cable pin out connections for the 10-pin mass termination block.
Table C-63 10-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out Pin on Mass Termination Block Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Channel Nomenclature Channel 1+ Channel 2+ Channel 3+ Channel 4+ Channel 5+ Channel 6+ Channel 7+ Channel 8+ No connection Common channel return for all 8 channels
C-118

The 16-pin mass termination block provides 1:1 signal transmission of eight signals to the external passive input/output modules. The two-row header accepts a 16-pin 1-for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x8 header connectors (AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-8). The assembly interfaces to an IDC-to-discrete-wire module, such as the Phoenix Contact 2281034 FLKM16 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module, or other similar modules. Table C-64 lists the cable pin out connections for the 16-pin mass termination block.
Table C-64 16-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out Pin on Mass Termination Block Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12 Pin 13 Pin 14 Pin 15 Pin 16 Channel Nomenclature Channel 1 Channel 1+ Channel 2 Channel 2+ Channel 3 Channel 3+ Channel 4 Channel 4+ Channel 5 Channel 5+ Channel 6 Channel 6+ Channel 7 Channel 7+ Channel 8 Channel 8+
C-119

The 24-pin mass termination block can be used with 4-wire Analog Input 4-20 mA and 1-5 VDC applications that are conducted over 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x12 header connectors (AMP part # 746288-5, Strain Relief # 1-499252-0) or round instrument cable. The Phoenix Contact 2301134 FLK16/24DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 24-pin to 16-pin conversion cable can be used with 4-wire applications. The conversion cable uses the Phoenix Contact 2281034 FLKM16 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module and comes in one meter (three foot) and other lengths.
Caution
When using a 26-pin ribbon cable, there must be a slight fold in the cable at the cover opening. Damage might occur if the cable is pinched by the cover.
C-120
Table C-65 lists the cable pin out connections for the 24-pin mass termination block.
Table C-65 24-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out Pin on Mass Termination Block Pin 1 Pin 3 Pin 5 Pin 7 Pin 9 Pin 11 Pin 13 Pin 15 Pin 17 Pin 19 Pin 21 Pin 23 Channel 1+ Common channel for Channels 1 and 2 Channel 2+ Channel 3+ Common channel for Channels 3 and 4 Channel 4+ Channel 5+ Common channel for Channels 5 and 6 Channel 6+ Channel 7+ Common channel for Channels 7 and 8 Channel 8+ Channel Nomenclature
Note
The 24 VDC return for the Analog Devices 7B power supply must be connected to the DeltaV 24 VDC return.
C-121

The 40-pin mass termination block provides terminations for the 32-channel digital input and output cards and the Sequence of Events card.
For Use with 32-Channel DO and DI Cards

The 40-pin mass termination block has two, 20-pin IDC headers that split the 32 channels into two, 16-channel headers. Both of the two-row headers accept a 20-pin 1-for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x10 header connectors (AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-10). The assembly interfaces to a feedthrough IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact FLKM20 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. Phoenix Contact provides two ways to connect to the 20-pin connection: 1. A 20-pin to 2x14-pin configuration cable that connects to all 8-channel digital input and output modules. These modules include the PLC-RELAY with V-8 adapter, fuse, feed-through and relay (both solid-state (SSR) and electromechanical relays (EMR)). 2. A 20-pin 1-for-1 cable that is connected to 16-channel modules. These modules include feed-through, fuse, relay, (SSR and EMR) and relay modules with fuses on the relay contact commons. The return connection is made internally when the 40-pin mass termination block is used with Series 2 DI and DO 32-channel cards. No external wire is required. Refer to the cards installation notes for more information.
For Use with SOE Cards

The 40-pin mass termination block has two, 20-pin IDC headers that split the 16 channels into two, 8-channel headers. Both of the two-row headers accept a 20-pin 1for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x10 header connectors (AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-10). The assembly interfaces to a feedthrough IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact FLKM20 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. Phoenix Contact provides the following way to connect to the 20-pin connection: 1. A 20-pin to 14-pin configuration cable that connects to all 8-channel digital input modules. These modules include the PLC-RELAY with V-8 adapter, fuse, feedthrough and relay (both solid-state (SSR) and electromechanical relays (EMR)).
C-122
Table C-66 lists the cable pin out connections for the 40-pin mass termination block.
Table C-66 40-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out Left hand Pins (1-16) J3 Channel Nomenclature 32-channel DI and DO Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12 Pin 13 Pin 14 Pin 15 Pin 16 Pin 17 Channel 1+ Channel 2+ Channel 3+ Channel 4+ Channel 5+ Channel 6+ Channel 7+ Channel 8+ Channel 9+ Channel 10+ Channel 11+ Channel 12+ Channel 13+ Channel 14+ Channel 15+ Channel 16+ no connection return no connection return SOE Right hand Pins (17-32) J4 Channel Nomenclature 32-channel DI and DO Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12 Pin 13 Pin 14 Pin 15 Pin 16 Pin 17 Channel 17+ Channel 18+ Channel 19+ Channel 20+ Channel 21+ Channel 22+ Channel 23+ Channel 24+ Channel 25+ Channel 26+ Channel 27+ Channel 28+ Channel 29+ Channel 30+ Channel 31+ Channel 32+ no connection return no connection return 9+ 910+ 1011+ 1112+ 1213+ 1314+ 1415+ 1516+ 16no connection N/A no connection N/A SOE
1+ 12+ 23+ 34+ 45+ 56+ 67+ 78+ 8no connection N/A no connection N/A
Pin 18 Pin 19
Pin 18 Pin 19
Pin 20
Pin 20
C-123
Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks

The system can use the following types of Intrinsically Safe terminal blocks:

I.S. 8-channel and I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block
I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block

The 8-channel I.S. terminal block uses standard and loop disconnects. Loop disconnects are located in odd numbered terminals.
Table C-67 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current Specification 250 VAC between I.S. and non-I.S. circuits. Refer to the specifications table for the I.S. card in use. (Tables C-43, C-42, C-44, and C-45.) Assigned slot of I.S. I/O carrier.
Mounting
Table C-68 lists the cable pin out connections for the I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block and shows the channel nomenclature for the I.S. analog input and output cards (AI, 2-20 mA, 8-Channel with HART, AO, 2-20 mA, 8-Channel) and the discrete output card (DO, 4-Channel).
Table C-68 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature Pin on Termination Block Channel Nomenclature for Analog Cards Channel 1+ Channel 1Channel 2+ Channel 2Channel 3+ Channel 3Channel 4+ Channel 4Channel 5+ Channel 3+ Channel 2Channel 2+ Channel 1Channel Nomenclature for DO card
Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9
Channel 1+
C-124
Table C-68 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature (Continued) Pin on Termination Block Channel Nomenclature for Analog Cards Channel 5Channel 6+ Channel 6Channel 7+ Channel 7Channel 8+ Channel 8Channel 4Channel 4+ Channel 3Channel Nomenclature for DO card
Terminal 10 Terminal 11 Terminal 12 Terminal 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16
C-125
I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block

Table C-69 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block Specifications Item Voltage rating Maximum current Specification 250 VAC between I.S. and non-I.S. circuits. Refer to the specifications table for the I.S. card in use. (Tables C-43, C-42, C-44, and C-45.) Assigned slot of I.S. I/O carrier.
Mounting
Keying (B1)
+ + -
10 12 14 16
Figure C-61 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block
C-126
Table C-70 lists the cable pin out connections for the I.S.16-channel terminal block.
Table C-70 I.S.16-Channel Terminal Block Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Terminal 7 Terminal 8 Terminal 9 Terminal 10 Terminal 11 Terminal 12 Terminal 13 Terminal 14 Terminal 15 Terminal 16 Channel Nomenclature Channel 1+ Channel 1Channel 2+ Channel 2Channel 3+ Channel 3Channel 4+ Channel 4Channel 5+ Channel 5Channel 6+ Channel 6Channel 7+ Channel 7Channel 8+ Channel 8Terminal on Termination Block Terminal 17 Terminal 18 Terminal 19 Terminal 20 Terminal 21 Terminal 22 Terminal 23 Terminal 24 Terminal 25 Terminal 26 Terminal 27 Terminal 28 Terminal 29 Terminal 30 Terminal 31 Terminal 32 Channel Nomenclature Channel 9+ Channel 9Channel 10+ Channel 10Channel 11+ Channel 11Channel 12+ Channel 12Channel 13+ Channel 13Channel 14+ Channel 14Channel 15+ Channel 15Channel 16+ Channel 16-
C-127
I/O Interface Keying

There are two keys on the I/O terminal block and two keys on the I/O card. The keys on the I/O card are set at the factory; you can change the keys on the I/O terminal block to match the corresponding I/O card. Table C-71 lists the non-I.S. I/O card keying and the recommended I/O terminal blocks. Figure C-62 shows an example key setting.
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks I/O Card I/O Card Keying A1 Recommended I/O Terminal Block I/O terminal block Optional I/O Terminal Block Fused I/O terminal block 4-wire I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block (2-wire connection) 24-pin mass termination block (4-wire connection) AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART and Series 2 AI, 8-Channel,420 mA, HART (Simplex mode) A1 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block 4-wire I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block (2-wire connection) 24-pin mass termination block (4-wire connection) Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA HART (Redundant mode) Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 420 mA HART (Simplex mode) AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART and Series 2 AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Simplex mode) Series 2 AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Redundant mode) A2 16-Channel Analog Input terminal block A1 Redundant Analog Input terminal block
AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA
A3
4-wire I/O terminal block I/O terminal block
24-pin mass termination block
A4
Fused I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block Fused I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block
A4
I/O terminal block
A4
Redundant Analog Output terminal block
C-128
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued) I/O Card I/O Card Keying D1 Recommended I/O Terminal Block Interface terminal block Fieldbus H1 terminal block I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block Optional I/O Terminal Block
AS-Interface
DeviceNet
D5
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact and Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (Simplex mode) Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (Redundant mode) DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact and Series 2 DI, 32channel, 24 VDC Dry (Simplex mode) DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated
B2
B1
Fused I/O terminal block
B1
Redundant Discrete terminal block
E4
I/O terminal block
E1
Fused I/O terminal block I/O terminal block
I/O terminal block
E5
E2
Fused I/O terminal block 32-channel terminal block
I/O terminal block
B3
F4
I/O terminal block
F1
I/O terminal block
B5
I/O terminal block
Fused I/O terminal block 16-pin mass termination block
C-129
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued) I/O Card I/O Card Keying B6 Recommended I/O Terminal Block Fused I/O terminal block Optional I/O Terminal Block I/O terminal block 10-pin mass termination block 16-pin mass termination block
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side and Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (Simplex mode) Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (Redundant mode) DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC High-Side and Series 2 DO, 32Channel, 24 VDC High Side (Simplex mode) Fieldbus H1
B6
Redundant Discrete terminal block
B4
32-channel terminal block
D6
Fieldbus H1 terminal block
Series 2 H1 (Simplex mode) Series 2 H1 (Redundant mode) Series 2 Isolated Input (Simplex mode) Multifunction
D6
Series 2 H1 terminal block Redundant H1 terminal block Isolated Input terminal block 32-channel terminal block Profibus DP terminal block RTD, ohms terminal block
D6
C2
C6
Profibus DP
D3
RTD, ohms
C3
C-130
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued) I/O Card I/O Card Keying C5 Recommended I/O Terminal Block 32-channel terminal block Interface terminal block Optional I/O Terminal Block 40-pin mass termination block
Sequence of Events
Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 and Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 (Simplex mode) Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 (Redundant mode) Thermocouple, mV
D4
D4
Redundant Interface terminal block
C1
Thermocouple, mV terminal block Note When the Thermocouple, mV card is plugged into a Thermocouple terminal block, it functions as a Thermocouple card.
I/O terminal block Note When the Thermocouple, mV card is plugged into an I/O terminal block, it functions as an mV card.
A Terminal Block F E D B C 6 5
1 2 3 4
Slot Setting Shown = D6 Note: Key position is indicated by the slot.
Figure C-62 I/O Key Setting Example
C-131
Intrinsically Safe I/O Interface Keying

Table C-72 lists I.S. I/O card keying and the recommended I.S. terminal blocks. Figure C-63 shows an I.S. example key setting.
Table C-72 I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks I/O Card I/O Card Keying A1 Recommended I/O Terminal Block I.S. 8-channel terminal block Optional I/O Terminal Block I.S. loop disconnect 8channel terminal block I.S. loop disconnect 8channel terminal block I.S. loop disconnect 8channel terminal block
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (HART)
A4
I.S. 8-channel terminal block
I.S. DO, 4-Channel
B5
I.S. DI, 16-Channel1
B1
1.The I.S. DI, 16-channel card will not communicate with the DeltaV controller unless the I.S. 16-channel terminal block is used.
A F Intrinsically Safe Terminal Block (Blue) E D B C 6 5
1 2 3 4
Setting Shown = A1
Note: Key position is indicated by the slot.
Figure C-63 I.S. I/O Example Key Setting
C-132
Appendix D Controller Specifications

This appendix provides specifications for the controller and specifications and installation information for the Remote Interface Unit and the Fiber-Optic Media Converter. It also explains how to install an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) to backup the controller. Table D-1 shows specifications for the MD and MDPlus controllers.
Table D-1 Controller Specifications Item Power requirement (supplied by system power supply through 2-wide power/controller carrier) Fuse protection Power dissipation MD +5 VDC at 1.4 A maximum MDPlus +5 VDC at 1.4 A maximum
3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses 5.0 W typical 7.0 W maximum
3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses 5.0 W typical 7.0 W maximum On right slot of power/controller carrier
Mounting
On right slot of power/controller carrier
Controller Specifications
D-1
Power Error Active Standby Pri. CN Sec. CN
Controller
15.9 cm (6.3 in)
4.1 cm (1.6 in)
10.7 cm (4.2 in)
Front View
Side View
Figure D-1
Controller Dimensions
D-2
Remote Interface Unit

The Remote Interface Unit allows standard DeltaV I/O cards to be installed remotely from the controller. The remote subsystem, consisting of the Remote Interface Unit, system power supply, carriers, and I/O cards, can be located in Zone 2. The Remote Interface Unit communicates with the controller over redundant, Control Network (ethernet) connections. Table D-2 shows specifications for the Remote Interface Unit.
Table D-2 Remote Interface Unit Specifications Item Power requirement (supplied by system power supply through 2-wide power/controller carrier) Fuse protection Power dissipation Mounting Specification +3.3 VDC at 500 mA maximum +5 VDC at 200 mA maximum 3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses 3.0 W maximum On right slot of power/controller carrier
D-3
The Remote Interface Unit mounts in the controller slot of a 2-wide carrier and has redundant ethernet connections to the DeltaV Control Network switch or hub. Connect the primary port to the primary switch or hub and the secondary port to the secondary switch or hub. The primary Control Network connection is capable of 10/100 M ethernet while the secondary connection is limited to 10 M ethernet.
Power Error Active Standby Pri. CN Sec. CN
15. 9 cm (6. 3 in)

Remote Interface Unit
4. 1 cm (1. 6 in) Front View
10. 7 cm (4. 2 in) Side View
Figure D-2
Remote Interface Unit Dimensions
D-4
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

This section describes connection with a UPS. Unless otherwise noted, the Liebert 600VA UPS sold with the workstation is assumed. The UPS must be mounted upright on a level surface, such as a floor or a work surface, for proper operation. The UPS is not rack-mountable or DIN rail-mountable. The type of DeltaV System Power Supply determines how the UPS backs up controller power. If you use a System Power Supply (AC/DC) to provide power to your controller, one UPS backs up one controller (MD or MDPlus). Install the UPS between the AC main power source and the system power supply (or supplies), as shown in Figure D-3.
AC Power Distribution
Uninterruptible Power Supply
System Power Supply (AC/DC)
Controller
I/O Subsystem
Figure D-3
UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (AC/DC)]
If you use a combination of the Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply, a System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC), or a System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) to provide power to your controller(s), use one UPS to back up each controller for maximum backup time. However, if you do not require maximum backup time, one UPS can back up as many as four controllers. Install the UPS between the AC main power source and the bulk power supply, as shown in Figure D-4.
D-5
AC Power Uninterruptible Distribution Power Supply
Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Controller I/O Subsystem
Figure D-4
UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC)]
Note
If you use the UPS as backup for your DeltaV Controller, only the system power is backed up; no field power backup is provided. If you require backup field power, you need additional UPSs to back up power connected to the I/O interface carrier(s).
If you have a system with only one controller that is powered by a DeltaV System Power Supply (AC/DC), you can use the smaller Liebert PowerSure 250 VA UPS for controller power backup. If you have a system with a server, you can use the larger Liebert PowerSure 1400 VA UPS for server power backup. The 250 VA UPS is for controller backup only and the 1400 VA UPS for server backup only. The 600 VA UPS is required for workstation backup. The 250 VA UPS and 1400 VA UPS are not standard Emerson Process Management products; you can purchase them from a local supplier. Refer to the documentation supplied with your UPS for specifications.
D-6
Liebert MultiLink Software

DeltaV systems and Liebert UPS support Liebert MultiLink software. The Liebert UPS connects to a DeltaV workstation by a custom serial cable (the serial cable ships in the box with the UPS or can be made based on the instructions in the Liebert documentation). The MultiLink software monitors several UPS-related events including:

UPS operating on battery power Low battery UPS returned from battery power
You can configure a variety of actions based on these events such as: popup messages, emails, pager messages, and orderly shutdowns. MultiLink software and documentation are available from the Liebert website. The Liebert documentation and Lieberts Software Technical Applications Support Center provide information on proper setup and use of the software.
D-7
Fiber-Optic Media Converter

This section describes controller connections with a fiber-optic media converter. The media converter converts 10BaseT TP to 10Base-FL ST fiber cable without repeating the signals and is used in conjunction with the controller to allow an Ethernet link to a range of 2000 meters. Refer to Appendix G for more information on media converters. Table D-3 shows the media converter specifications.
Table D-3 Fiber-Optic Media Converter Specifications Item LAN interface Port interface Data rate Fiber interface Fiber type LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card Specification Ethernet IEEE802.3 compatible 10BaseT RJ45 compatible 10 MBPS 10Base-FL compatible Multimode 62.5/125 microns 250 mA typical 300 mA maximum
The media converter mounts on a 2-wide carrier next to (or close to) the controller and connects to the controller with two standard 12 to 16 inch twisted pair cables with shielded connectors on both ends of the cable. Figure G-10 shows the pin outs for both ends of the cable. The four fiber-optic cables connect transmit to receive between the Workstations media converter and the controllers media converter as shown in Figure D-5. The dimensions for the fiber-optic media converter case are the same as the controller case. The connectors on the media converter extend one half inch above the case.
D-8
Top View Fiber optic media converter Controller

Pri Pri Sec Sec Rx Tx Rx Tx
2 1 1 2 3
To 10Base-FL fiber optic hub or media converter
Twisted pair cable with shielded connectors on both ends Power Error Pri F Link Pri C Link Sec F Link Sec C Link Front View Side View
Pri
Sec
To Controller Twisted pair cable with shielded connectors on both ends
Bottom View Notes: 1. Fiber Optic Media Converter may go in position 1, 2, or 3; but is shown mounted in position 2. 2. Fiber Optic cables connect transmit to receive and receive to transmit.
Figure D-5
Fiber-Optic Media Converter
D-9
D-10
Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications

This appendix provides specifications for the system power supplies:

System Power Supply (AC/DC) System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply

Table E-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Specifications Item Input Inrush (soft start) Specification 100 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase 230 VAC input at 35 A peak maximum for one cycle or less 25 W total at 60 C +12 VDC at 2.1 A maximum +5 VDC at 2.0 A maximum +3.3 VDC at 0.5 A maximum Combined 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC output = 10 W maximum Input protection Overvoltage protection Hold-up time Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses Output protected at 110% to 120% Output remains within 5% of nominal at full load and 115 VAC input for 20 ms. On either slot of 2-wide power/controller carrier
Output power Output voltages (25 W maximum)
Mounting External connectors: Primary power Alarm contacts
AC input, 3-wire 2-wire normally open relays; relays are closed when outputs are within 4% of nominal; 30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A
System Power Supply Specifications
E-1
Power Error
15.9 cm (6.3 in)
4.1 cm (1.6 in) Front View
10.7 cm (4.2 in) Side View
Figure E-1
System Power Supply (AC/DC) Dimensions
Note
Ground connection is not required for the secondary 2-wide power/controller carrier.
E-2
Redundant AC Input Power
Figure E-2
Redundant AC Input Power for System Power Supply (AC/DC)
E-3
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

Table E-2 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Specifications Item Input 12 VDC (5%) 24 VDC (-15% - +20%)a Inrush (soft start) 11.4 VDC to 12.6 VDC 20.4 VDC to 28.8 VDCb 12 A peak maximum for 5 ms over the 12 VDC input range (excluding 12 VDC output) 20 A peak maximum for 5 ms over the 24 VDC input range (including 12 VDC outputs) Output power rating -40 to 60 Cc + 12 VDC at 13.0 A (12 VDC input) + 12 VDC at 4.5 A (24 VDC input) + 5 VDC at 2.0 A 3.3 VDC at 2.0 A 10 W total (combined outputs of 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC) Output power rating -40 to 70 Cd + 12 VDC at 10.0 A (12 VDC input) + 12 VDC at 3 A (24 VDC input) + 5 VDC at 2.0 A 3.3 VDC at 2.0 A 10 W total (combined outputs of 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC) Input protection Overvoltage protection Hold-up time Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses Output protected at 110% to 120% Output remains within 5% of nominal at full load and minimum input voltage for 5 ms (excluding 12 VDC current with 12 VDC input) On either slot of 2-wide power/controller carrier Specification
DC input, 2-wire 2-wire normally open relays; relays are closed when 3.3 and 5 VDC outputs are within 4% of nominal 30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A
Alarm relay contact rating
a. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, input is 24 VDC (5%). b. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, input specification is 22.8 VDC to 25.2 VDC. c. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, output power rating is -20 to 60 C. d. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, this output power rating is not applicable.
E-4
Power Error
15.9 cm (6.3 in)
Figure E-3
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Dimensions
E-5
System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC)

Table E-3 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Specifications Item Input Inrush (soft start) Specification 11.4 VDC to 12.6 VDC 12 A peak maximum for 5 ms over 9 VDC to 18 VDC input range (excluding 12 VDC passthrough output) 10 W total at 60 C (excluding 12 VDC passthrough output) +12 VDC (passthrough diode) at 8.0 A +5 VDC at 2.0 A 3.3 VDC at 1.2 A Input protection Overvoltage protection Hold-up time Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses Output protected at 110% to 120% Output remains within 5% of nominal at full load and 9 VDC input for 5 ms (excluding 12 VDC passthrough current) On either slot of 2-wide power/controller carrier
Output power
Output rating
DC input, 2-wire 2-wire normally open relays; relays are closed when outputs are within 4% of nominal; 30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A
E-6
Power Error
15.9 cm (6.3 in)
Figure E-4
System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) Dimensions
E-7
Redundant DC Input Power
Figure E-5
Redundant DC Input Power and Grounding for System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC)
See Appendix J, Figure J-7 and Figure J-8 for power supply overview.
E-8
Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply

Table E-4 I.S System Power Supply Specifications Item Input Output Output current Input to output isolation Holdup time Input protection Over voltage protection Input power Mounting External connectors Specification 18.5 to 36 VDC (24 VDC nominal) 12 VDC 5% 5A 250 VAC rms 1.8 ms Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses 110% to 120% 80 Watts I.S. Power Supply Carrier DC input 2-part screw terminal
Front View
Side View
15.9 cm (6.25 in.)
8.4 cm (3.3 in.)

Figure E-6 I.S. System Power Supply Dimensions
10.9 cm (4.3 in.)
E-9
E-10
Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications

This appendix provides information on DeltaV workstations, the Fault-Tolerant Server, Dual Monitors, and Touch Screens. Refer to the following sources for current DeltaV Workstation and Fault-Tolerant Server configuration details and for current Ethernet card specifications:

DeltaV Workstation Product Data Sheets The PC manufacturers (Dell Computer Corporation) specifications Your local Emerson Process Management Representative
Primary and Secondary Channel Ethernet Card Specifications - Plant LAN Interface Card
The DeltaV system uses Ethernet to create the DeltaV Control Network, both primary and secondary channels. All network cards used in DeltaV Workstations must be 10/100BaseT Ethernet network cards.
Fault-Tolerant Server
The Stratus ftServer 3210 and ftServer 3300 can be used as a hardware platform for DeltaV Application stations. These servers provide fault-tolerance through redundancy of the major hardware sub-systems (CPU/Memory, PCI Bus, storage, and power supplies). For information on installing the ftServer 3300, refer to Installing the Fault-Tolerant Server on page 2-51. Refer to earlier versions of this DeltaV manual for information on installing the ftServer 3210. For information on configuring the ftServer 3300 to run the DeltaV system, refer to DeltaV Books Online. For complete technical information on the fault-tolerant servers, refer to the Stratus hardware and software manuals and to the electronic documentation installed on the servers.
Workstation and Server Specifications
F-1
Dual Monitors
Dual monitors work together like one large screen and are driven by the same workstation. Dual monitors can be placed side-by-side for a horizontal orientation, or one on top of the other for a vertical orientation. Refer to the video card manufacturers documentation for information on how to connect dual monitors.
Touch Screens
Connect the cable from the workstations serial port to the external box on the touch screen monitor. Touch screens can be used on both single and dual monitor workstations. For dual monitor touch screens viewed from the front, connect the right serial port to touch screen one (left) and connect the left serial port to touch screen two (right). Figure F-1 shows connections for dual monitor touch screens.
Back of Touch Screen #2 (Right) Serial Port Connectors Back of Touch Screen #1 (Left)
Figure F-1
Touch Screen Monitor Connections on Dual Monitors
F-2
Appendix G Control Network Specifications

This appendix provides information and specifications for the DeltaV Control Network. Refer to the following sources for current DeltaV Network configuration details:
DeltaV Product Data Sheets and the DeltaV Site Preparation Guide and System Planning Guide The network equipment manufacturers specifications Your local Emerson Process Management representative
Hubs, Switches, and Cable

The following pages provide specifications for the hubs, switches, and cable.
Important
DeltaV systems require a specific version of Cisco switch software and a special switch configuration. The use of other versions of the switch software or an improperly configured switch could cause serious problems with the operation of the DeltaV system. Switches ordered from Emerson Process Management are shipped with the supported software version and are pre-configured to operate properly with the DeltaV system. To ensure that you have the proper switch configuration and the correct switch software for your DeltaV system, you should purchase the switch though normal Emerson channels. The DeltaV supported software version of the switch may not be the version that is currently shipping on off-the-shelf Cisco switches. If you want to verify the configuration of a switch supplied by Emerson Process Management, refer to the System Administration and Maintenance manual in the DeltaV Books Online. This documentation provides written examples of correct, DeltaV specific switch configuration for the supported revision level of the switch software. Emerson Process Management does not provide the Cisco operating software separately for field configuration. If you purchase Cisco switches from sources other than Emerson Process Management, the switch must be configured to DeltaV instructions and the supplier is responsible for ensuring that the switch software is at the supported revision level.
Control Network Specifications
G-1
10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub

Table G-1 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub Specifications Item Model Specification 3Com OfficeConnect Hub 8/TPO (3C16700A) 10BaseT Ethernet (3C16440A)
Type
100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch

Table G-2 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch Specifications Item Model Specification Cisco 24-Port MTRJ Fiber-Optic Switch1 (WS-C3550-24-FX-SMI) 100Mbit Fiber Ethernet
Type
1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.
Figures G-1 and G-2 show the front and rear views of the 100Mbit 24-port fiber switch.
100Base-FX ports
GBIC Module slots
Figure G-1
Front View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch
RJ-45 Console port
Figure G-2
Rear View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch
G-2
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports

Table G-3 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports Specifications Item Model Specification Cisco 24-Port Twisted Pair with 2, MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports1 (WS-C2950C-24) 24, 10/100BaseT Ethernet 2, 100Base FX Fiber-Optic 1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.
Type
Figures G-3 and G-4 show the front and rear views of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports.
10/100 Ports
100BASE-FX ports
Figure G-3
Front View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports
RJ-45 Console port
Figure G-4
Rear View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports
G-3
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch

Table G-4 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch Specifications Item Model Specification Cisco 24-Port Twisted Pair1 (WS-C2950-24) Type 10/100BaseT Ethernet
1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.
Figure G-5 shows the front view of the 24-port switch. The rear view is the same as the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports as shown in Figure G-4.
10/100 Ports
Figure G-5
Front View of the 24-Port Switch
Note
Refer to the Cisco documentation for more detailed specifications.
G-4
Single Port Fiber Switch

The Single Port Fiber Switch is a five port (one 100BaseFx port and four 10/ 100BaseTx ports) Ethernet switch. It can be mounted on a DIN rail and provides comprehensive LED diagnostics as described in Chapter 3. The switch can be mounted in Zone 2 and provides connection to Zone 1 components over the certified energy-limited fiber port. Primarily the switch is the fiber port connection to the Zone 1 components; however, it can be used for all Control Network applications. Refer to the Installing Your DeltaV Zone 1 Intrinsically Safe Hardware manual in Books Online for information on connecting to the DeltaV Intrinsically Safe system. Table G-5 shows the specifications for the Single Port Fiber Switch. Figure G-6 shows the top view and Figure G-7 shows the bottom view of the switch.
Table G-5 Single Port Fiber Switch Specifications Item Input voltage Input current Fiber interface Specification 24 VDC 20% 0.25 A 100 BaseFx with MT-RJ receptacle, full duplex only Refer to Table G-6 2 km 10/100 BaseT, RJ45 compatible Category 5e screened twisted pair (ScTP)
Fiber type Maximum fiber distance Twisted pair ports Cable type
100 Management port BaseFX port
Power inputs
Figure G-6
Top View of the Single Port Fiber Switch
G-5
4-10/100Base-TX ports
Figure G-7
Bottom View of the Single Port Fiber Switch
G-6
Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules

Cable that meets Category 5 specifications can be purchased from Emerson Process Management or directly from the manufacturer (CommScope). Visit the CommScope website for the most current specifications for Category 5 Screened 4 Twisted Pair Cable (ScTP). CommScope type 5ES4 cable meets the minimum requirements for Category 5 cable used in 100Mbit Ethernet networks for DeltaV systems. Follow these rules during cable installation to protect the electrical performance of the cables:
A cable is under loaded conditions when it is being pulled or it is under pressure. Under loaded conditions do not exceed: 25 pounds pulling tension 16 times the Outside Diameter (OD) of the cable (3.2 inches) for the minimum bend radius while pulling the cable A cable is under no load or unloaded conditions when the cable is being placed with no tension. Under unloaded conditions do not exceed: 8 times the OD of the cable (1.6 inches) for the minimum bend radius Under both loaded and unloaded conditions, do not: Install the cable unless the temperature is between 0C and 60C Operate cable in environments outside the operating temperature range of -20C and 60C
G-7
Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications

Table G-6 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications Item Type Specification 62.5/125 micron multimode, graded index, glass silica, fiber core1 Two per communications channel 4.0 dB per km -40 C to 80 C (-40 F to 176 F) SC, MTRJ, and ST are typically used
Minimum number of fibers Attenuation Temperature rating Connectors depend upon the device. Refer to the device specifications for the fiber-optic connector type. 1 Not available from Emerson Process Management
Cable Accessory Specifications

Table G-7 Twisted Pair Control Network Cable Accessory Specifications Item Connectors Terminating tool Specification Category 5, 8-position RJ45 plug connectors1 Hand or automatic machine tool for 8-position connectors1 Yellow = primary control network cable1 Black = secondary control network cable1 Yellow Black Vinyl film, self-laminating1
Boots, color-coded
Vinyl plastic tape Note Color marking tape also can be used. Cable markers 1 Available from Emerson Process Management
G-8
Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies

Straight-through and crossover twisted pair cable assemblies are used in DeltaV Control Networks. Both shielded, metal-enclosed and isolated or unshielded, plasticenclosed RJ45 connectors are used on both types of assemblies. You will need to build four types of cable assembly combinations: 1. Crossover cable with one end shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connector) and one end isolated (plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector) 2. Crossover cable with both ends shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connectors) 3. Straight-through cable with one end shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connector) and one end isolated (plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector) 4. Straight-through cable with both ends shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connectors) Before building any of these assemblies, you will need to determine the correct combination of shielded and unshielded RJ45 connectors for your DeltaV Control Network. Refer to Figures G-12 to G-17 to make this determination. These figures contain notes that indicate where metal-enclosed and plastic-enclosed RJ45 connectors are required and where straight-through and crossover cable are needed. When building cable assemblies with shielded and unshielded connectors, always refer to the connector and tool manufacturers latest assembly instructions and application specifications. These specifications show the correct jacket and shield preparation length for the specific connectors being used. Figure G-8 shows an unshielded, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector. First the boot is slid onto the cable, next the load bar is loaded with the eight inner cable conductors, then the load bar/cable assembly is inserted into the connector housing and crimped. Finally, the boot is slid over the assembly for additional strain relief.
G-9
Plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector
Cable conductors Load bar/cable assembly Boot Load bar
Figure G-8
Unshielded Connector
Figure G-9 shows a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector. First the boot is slid onto the cable, then the cable shield and drain wire are folded back, next the load bar is loaded with the eight inner cable conductors, then the load bar/cable assembly is inserted into the connector housing and crimped. Finally, the boot is slid over the assembly for additional strain relief.
Metal-enclosed RJ45 connector
Cable conductors Load bar/cable assembly Drain wire Shielding Boot Load bar
Figure G-9 G-10
Shielded Connector Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs

Figure G-10 shows the pin outs for building a straight-through cable assembly. The same pin outs are used for both ends of the cable.
Cable Pin Out (Both Ends) Pair 3 Pair 2 Pair 1 Pair 4
1 23 456 7 8 O BL G BR W/O W/G W/BL W/BR T568B
Figure G-10 Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends
G-11
Crossover Cable Pin Outs

Figure G-11 shows the pin outs for building a crossover cable assembly. Different pin outs are used for each end of the cable.
Cable Pin Out (One End) Pair 3 Pair 2 Pair Pair 4 1 Pair 3 Cable Pin Out (Other End) Pair 2 Pair Pair 4 1
1 234567 8 O BL G BR W/O W/G W/BL W/BR T568B
1 234567 8 G BL O BR W/G W/O W/BL W/BR T568A
Figure G-11 Crossover Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends
G-12
DeltaV Control Networks

The following DeltaV Control Network examples are designed according to the IEEE 802.3 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks standards. The topologies shown in the examples are a small subset of the control network topologies that conform to the Ethernet 802.3 standard. Network topologies vary depending upon the plant layout. One plant layout may require a large number of hubs in one wiring closet rather than single hubs in several wiring closets or rack rooms located throughout the plant. Another plant layout may require a centralized hub or switch in a star topology that branches to several remote locations. These and other network configurations are possible and fully supported by Emerson Process Management. Consult your sales representative for assistance with network configuration. The examples begin with simple 10 megabit per second (abbreviated here as 10Mbit) twisted pair network implementations, and end with more complex 10/100Mbit twisted pair networks with a combination of fiber-optic and twisted pair segments. In all cases, the examples show the maximum cable distances and the maximum number of intermediate Ethernet hubs. These maximum limits assure you that any network design that exactly matches the example, or is a subset of the example, is guaranteed to operate according to Ethernet rules and will provide the necessary performance for your DeltaV system. The examples that go beyond the simple 10Mbit network are intended to help you visualize some of the possibilities for control network expansion and growth.
Hop Rules
Advanced Ethernet models used for the calculation of maximum packet transmission distances over copper cabling can be found in Ethernet 802.3 standards. For simplicity, this Appendix uses general Ethernet rules. For example, the number of repeater hops is limited to four (four repeater hubs physically connected together in series) for 10Mbit networks, and to two (two repeater hubs physically connected together in series) for 100Mbit networks. This limitation on the number of repeater hops allows for a minimum amount of space (Inter Frame Gap) between each packet that is transmitted over the network so that the physical mediums receivers and transmitters located on each repeater port have time to distinguish between the end of one packet and the beginning of the next. As a packet travels between end nodes on a network, each repeater through which the packet travels reduces the Inter Frame Gap by a small amount. If too many repeater hubs are in the path between two end nodes, the overall net Inter Frame Gap shrinkage will result in an Inter Frame Gap that is too small and packet information will be corrupted by the time it reaches the receiving device. When all repeater hubs used in a network, such as the repeater hubs that are qualified for use with the DeltaV system, are designed in compliance with Ethernet
Control Network Specifications G-13
standards, the generalized two hop/ four hop rules can be used. Otherwise, a custom calculation would have to be performed on a case by case basis for every network connection.
10Mbit Hub Examples

Ethernet design rules apply for the maximum distance between workstation A and workstation B (the furthest points) when four repeaters are in series that are connected by twisted pair link segments for the 10Mbit networks shown in Figure G12. Each port on each hub can have a 100 meter (328 feet) maximum length twisted pair cable attached. This allows a total network diameter of 500 meters (1640.5 feet) end to end. This configuration can be implemented at installations having several wiring closets or rack rooms configured within a single building with stable environmental conditions and a common ground. The 3Com mini-hubs in Figure G-12 have the following specifications:

8 port non-stackable table top or wall mount external wall plug power supply no upgrade options for Fiber-Optic Transceivers
Note
Make a ground connection to the mini-hub chassis with a 12 AWG wire for the twisted pair cable shield ground.
G-14
Workstation A
3Com 8-port 10 Mbit Office connect hub
Workstation B
Figure G-12 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub
Notes for Figure G-12 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub
100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either hub. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controllers RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controllers DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and hub but not on the PC. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information.
In figure G-12 any port on any hub can be used for DeltaV Workstation, Controller, and Application Station connections. However, port 8 on each hub is a special port used for the hub to hub connections. The hub to hub connection through these special ports allows the use of a standard straight-through twisted pair cable. A push button next to these ports is for the crossover function. When the crossover function is not used, the port can be used for regular workstation and controller connections.
G-15
Extending a DeltaV Control Network with Media Converters

Media converters are sometimes used to add a point-to-point fiber-optic link between buildings for ground isolation and noise immunity. Media converters may be more cost effective than an entire hub or switch fitted with a fiber-optic transceiver on both ends of the link. Sometimes, small form factor Ethernet switches are used as media converters and are often a better choice than a typical media converter. Consider the following guidelines when choosing between a media converter and small form factor switches:
With Ethernet media converters, the entire link must operate at the same speed and duplex or severe communication problems can occur. This means that both fiber-optic and twisted pair devices must operate at the same speed and duplex. For example, the twisted pair link cannot operate at 100Mbit while the fiber-optic link operates at 10Mbit. The lower speed of the two attached devices determines the maximum speed for the link. Likewise, the twisted pair port of the media converter cannot operate at half duplex while its fiber-optic port operates at full duplex. For 100Mbit half duplex operation between a half duplex MD controller and a half duplex fiber-optic media converter attached to a switchs fiber-optic port, fiber-optic distance is limited to less than 300 meters because the entire link is half duplex. The actual fiber cable distance must be calculated on a case-by-case basis depending upon the manufacturers specifications for propagation delay through the media converter. With small form factor Ethernet switches such as the DeltaV Single Port Fiber Switch, a twisted pair port on the switch operates with independent collision domain timing from all other ports including the fiber-optic ports. This ensures that the fiber-optic distance can always be two kilometers and the twisted pair distance can always be 100 meters. Due to advances in switch technology and new components, the cost of a multi-port small form factor switch is about the same as a two port media converter. In addition, more devices can be added to this small switch as the system grows.
G-16
Figure G-13 applies to both primary and secondary networks.
8 6
8 4,6 6 1,3
7 Cisco 2950C twisted pair switch with 2 MTRJ ports 4,6 2 8 7
1,3 6 8
7 6 Switch management station 9 7 6 1,3 7 7 2 4,6
Pro+ station
Cisco 3550FX fiber optic switch
Controllers
7 5,6
8 6 1,3 6 8 2
7 Operator stations
8 6 1,3 2
4,6
4,6
Figure G-13 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star
G-17
10
Port 3
Power Error
Port 1
Port 4
Port 2
Port 5
8 10
2 7 Switch management station 9 7 6 1,3 6 7 7 2 4,6
Port 3
Power Error
Port 1
Port 4
Port 2
Port 5
8 Pro+ station 2
Port 3
Power Error
10
Port 1
Port 4
Port 2
Port 5
8 Cisco 3550FX fiber optic switch 10

Port 3
7 5,6
Power Error
Port 1
Port 4
Operator stations 10
Port 3
Power Error
Port 2
Port 5
8 10
Port 3
2
Power Error
Port 1
Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 5
Port 4
7 8 7
Port 2
Port 5
Figure G-14 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch
The notes in Figures G-13 and G-14 are explained on the next page.
G-18
Notes for Figure G-13 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star and Figure G-14 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch
100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5e Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit and receive) is required between switches. Refer to Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules on page G-7 and to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 2 km (max) full duplex Multimode Fiber with MTRJ Connectors. Refer to Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications on page G-8 for information. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9. The two MTRJ ports on this switch are set by Cisco to 100Base-FX full duplex operation. Neither the speed nor duplex can be changed. Ensure that any devices attached to these ports are properly configured for 100Base-FX full duplex operation before making the connection. All ports have been preconfigured by Emerson Process Management to 100Base-FX full duplex operation in order to meet the most typical network configuration requirements. It is good practice to check each ports duplex setting before connecting to them since it is possible to configure each of these ports to half duplex operation. Half duplex operation is not recommended when using switch-to-switch connections as shown in Figure G-13. A duplex mismatch can cause serious communications problems. If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for both fiber-optic and twisted pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to Managing Cisco Switches on page G-29 for information. Refer to Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses on page G-26 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is required for switch management. Use an IP address from the address range allowed for switches for this PC. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controllers RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controllers DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. The Switch Management Station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to Connecting the Switch Management Station on page G-30 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network. The cable shields connected to the Single Port Fiber Switch must be grounded. To ground the shields, connect the shield GND to ground or use a twisted pair cable with both shield ends connected and installed in a grounded port.
2 3
10
G-19

4
5 1,2
5
All Cisco 2950 twisted pair switches 1,2
1,2
5
1,2
Switch management station

3
Pro Plus stations 1,2

4 3 5
3 5
3 5 5 4 3
1,2
1,2
5 4 3 3
1,2
Operator stations
1,2
5 1,2 5 3
1,2
5 3
Figure G-15 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches
The notes in Figure G-15 are explained on the next page.
G-20
Notes for Figure G-15 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches
100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit and receive) is required between switches. Refer to Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules on page G-7 and to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plasticenclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controllers RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controllers DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to Managing Cisco Switches on page G-29 for information. Refer to Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses on page G-26 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is required for switch management. The Switch Management Station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to Connecting the Switch Management Station on page G-30 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.
G-21

4
All Cisco 2950 twisted pair switches
1,2
4
Pro Plus stations 1,2

4
3 3 6
Switch management station
1,2 5
1,2
Operator stations
3 1,2 5
4
Figure G-16 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches
G-22
Notes for Figure G-16 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches
100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit and receive) is required between switches. Refer to Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules on page G-7 and to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plasticenclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controllers RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controllers DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to Managing Cisco Switches on page G-29 for information. Refer to Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses on page G-26 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is required for switch management. The Switch Management Station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to Connecting the Switch Management Station on page G-30 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.
G-23

4
All Cisco 2950C twisted pair switches with 2 MTRJ fiber optic ports
1,2
3
5 Pro Plus stations
1,2
3
5 5 6 Switch management station
1,2
1,2
Operator stations
1,2
1,2
4
Figure G-17 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using Cisco 2950C
G-24
Notes for Figure G-17 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using Cisco 2950C
The two MTRJ ports on this switch are set by Cisco to 100Base-FX full duplex operation. Neither the speed nor duplex can be changed. Ensure that any devices attached to these ports are properly configured for 100Base-FX full duplex operation before making the connection. If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for both fiber-optic and twisted pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to Managing Cisco Switches on page G29 for information. Refer to Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses on page G-26 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is required for switch management. Use an IP address from the address range allowed for switches for this PC 2Km (max) full duplex Multimode Fiber with MTRJ Connectors. Refer to Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications on page G-8 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controllers RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controllers DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plasticenclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer toBuilding Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies on page G-9 for information. The Switch Management Station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to Connecting the Switch Management Station on page G-30 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.
3 4
G-25
Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses

The DeltaV system automatically assigns IP addresses to the ProfessionalPLUS, Operator and Application stations, and Controllers. In addition, there are reserved IP addresses that can be used on the DeltaV system for optional, non-DeltaV equipment. Table G-8 shows the IP addresses that are reserved for external Network Time Protocol Servers. This table can be copied and kept for your records. Check the empty box next to the address to indicate that a server has been configured at that address.
Note
If the Network Time Protocol Server is a DeltaV workstation, it is automatically assigned an IP address.
Table G-8 Network Time Protocol Server IP Addresses Primary Network Ethernet Reservations Server Address Secondary Network Ethernet Reservations Server Address
Primary NTP server Backup NTP server
10.4.128.1 10.4.128.2
Primary NTP server Backup NTP server
10.8.128.1 10.8.128.2
Table G-9 shows the IP addresses that are reserved for Ethernet managed switches. This table can be copied and kept for your records. Use the Checklist column to indicate that a device has been configured at an address and use the Device column to indicate the device name. Be sure to read the important table footnote.
G-26
Table G-9 Ethernet Managed Switch IP Addresses Checklist Pri. Sec. Primary Ethernet Reservation IP Address1 Device name Secondary Ethernet Reservation IP Address1 Device name
10.4.128.16 10.4.128.17 10.4.128.18 10.4.128.19 10.4.128.20 10.4.128.21 10.4.128.22 10.4.128.23 10.4.128.24 10.4.128.25 10.4.128.26 10.4.128.27 10.4.128.28 10.4.128.29 10.4.128.30 10.4.128.31 10.4.128.32 10.4.128.33 10.4.128.34 10.4.128.35 10.4.128.36 10.4.128.37 10.4.128.38 10.4.128.39 10.4.128.40
10.8.128.16 10.8.128.17 10.8.128.18 10.8.128.19 10.8.128.20 10.8.128.21 10.8.128.22 10.8.128.23 10.8.128.24 10.8.128.25 10.8.128.26 10.8.128.27 10.8.128.28 10.8.128.29 10.8.128.30 10.8.128.31 10.8.128.32 10.8.128.33 10.8.128.34 10.8.128.35 10.8.128.36 10.8.128.37 10.8.128.38 10.8.128.39 10.8.128.40
G-27
Table G-9 Ethernet Managed Switch IP Addresses (Continued) Checklist Pri. Sec. Primary Ethernet Reservation IP Address1 Device name Secondary Ethernet Reservation IP Address1 Device name
10.4.128.41 10.4.128.42 10.4.128.43 10.4.128.44 10.4.128.45 10.4.128.46 10.4.128.47
10.8.128.41 10.8.128.42 10.8.128.43 10.8.128.44 10.8.128.45 10.8.128.46 10.8.128.47
1 For DeltaV systems running the NT4.0 operating system, Backup Domain Controllers (BDCs) are not supported on nodes that are installed with the DeltaV system software. A Primary Domain Controller (PDC) is supported on the ProfessionalPLUS workstation. However, an NT node with no DeltaV system software installed can be used as a BDC on DeltaV systems running the NT operating system. If a BDC is used on NT 4.0 systems, assign it the following IP addresses: 10.4.128.16 for the primary control network 10.8.128.16 for the secondary control network 255.254.0.0 for the subnet mask It is not necessary to reserve IP addresses for BDCs on DeltaV systems running the XP and Windows 2003 operating systems. It is recommended that 10.4.128.17 and 10.8.128.17 be assigned to a TFTP server and/or an Ethernet switch management station. (A TFTP server and an Ethernet switch management station can be created on the same device.) A TFTP server can be used to flash Ethernet switches or archive Ethernet switch configurations. Refer to Managing Cisco Switches on page G-29 for more information. It is recommended that the remaining addresses in this block be assigned to the managed Ethernet switches.
G-28
Managing Cisco Switches

There are three ways to manage Cisco switches: 1. Command line management through the switchs serial port 2. Telnet command line management over the DeltaV LAN 3. Web-based switch management through Cisco Systems Cisco Cluster Management Suite software Command Line and Telnet Switch Management On the ProfessionalPLUS workstation only, the switches can be managed from the command line over the serial port or managed through Telnet from the command line over the Primary and Secondary DeltaV Control Networks. The Cisco Cluster Management Suite is not supported on the ProfessionalPLUS workstation or any DeltaV workstation. Refer to Setting Up the ProfessionalPLUS Workstation for Telnet Switch Management in the System Administration and Maintenance manual in the DeltaV Books Online. The following section provides information on running the Cisco Cluster Management Suite on a separate PC. Web-Based Switch Management The Cisco Cluster Management Suite, web-based network management software, is supported only on a separate and qualified PC called a switch management station that is available from Emerson Process Management. The Cisco Cluster Management Suite is embedded on every managed Ethernet switch on the DeltaV Control Network. The software suite provides graphs of network statistics and displays front panel views of the switch and its ports. It allows switch configuration, diagnostics, and troubleshooting in addition to network management. Because this type of graphical web management requires additional CPU resources and memory, it is not supported on any DeltaV workstation. To view all of the graphics that are embedded in the Cisco switch, the switch management station must run Internet Explorer, Windows XP, and Java software Version 1.4.0. Java1.4.0 can be downloaded from the Cisco website. Any PC connected to the DeltaV Control Network must have the same hardware qualifications as DeltaV workstations even if the PC is not installed with the DeltaV software. If a switch management station connected to the DeltaV control network is also connected to another network for plant area access outside of the DeltaV system, it is imperative that the switch management station is properly maintained with the latest Microsoft security patches and virus software. This ensures that the switch management station does not become infected with viruses that could affect the
G-29
operation of the DeltaV control system equipment. Like other DeltaV stations, the switch management stations outside network connection, which is usually a third NIC card in the PC, must be isolated via a router to other local area networks and a firewall to the wide area network or internet. If you do not have the resources or expertise to connect to the outside world using a properly configured router and firewall, then do not attach the switch management station to both the DeltaV control network and other networks outside the DeltaV control system. This way, the switch management station will have the same protection as the ProfessionalPLUS and Operator Stations. A TFTP server application can be installed on the switch management station. A TFTP server can be used to flash Ethernet switches or archive Ethernet switch configurations. Do not confuse a switch management station with a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) station that contains additional network management software. The switch management station is a basic PC with a web browser that can access the switch using its IP address and is capable of displaying graphics of the switch, switch network statistics, and bar and line graphs. Emerson Process Management cannot be responsible for the operation of a DeltaV system if these requirements for a switch management station are not strictly followed.
Connecting the Switch Management Station

The switch management station can be physically connected to a switch in two ways: 1. Connect the switch management station to the Primary and Secondary Control Networks with shielded twisted pair cable as shown in the figures in this Appendix. This enables the switch management station to access any switch on the network and creates one central location for switch management. Qualified Ethernet cables that are described in all DeltaV network figures in this Appendix must be used to connect a switch management station to the DeltaV Control Network. When considering cable shielding, treat the switch management station like a DeltaV device. 2. Connect the switch management station to the switch through the Comm Port of the switch management station and the Console Port of the switch. The Console Port of the switch is a rear-facing port and is a low speed serial connection. This port is used to set up the switch for telnet and web management and to give the switch an IP address, name, and password protection. Once the switch has an IP address, the serial port connection can be disconnected and the switch can be managed from anywhere on the network using the switch management stations web browser or telnet. Optionally, the
G-30 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
serial connection can be kept intact and the link can be used to observe network statistics, configure ports, and save switch data to the switch management station. The disadvantage of serial port management is that the switch management station must be physically moved from switch to switch to make the physical connections to each switchs Console port. Gaining access to each switch over the Control Network or serial port is not required for proper DeltaV system operation. However, switch access and management can be used occasionally to monitor general network health or for troubleshooting purposes. Switch management is required to set up fiber-optic ports on switches especially if the network contains a mixture of equipment from different vendors (qualified for use with a DeltaV system). If equipment from different vendors is used, the speed or duplex settings for some ports may need to be changed. These changes can be made using the embedded Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) switch management software and the additional switch management station. Fiber-optic port configuration can be implemented using a telnet session, a web browser, or the console port serial interface. Use of the console port serial interface does not require an IP addresses because it is a local and direct connection to each switch. If a small system is being installed, it might be just as easy to manage the switch permanently using the console port serial interface rather than implementing IP addressing. Determining which management method to use is a user preference and depends on the complexity of the network and the availability of dedicated network management stations. For information on configuring the Cisco 2950, 2950C, and 3550FX switches for use with the DeltaV system, refer to the topics under Configuring Cisco Switches in the System Administration and Maintenance manual in the DeltaV Books Online. These topics:

Describe the DeltaV-tested versions of the Cisco switches operating software Explain how to verify that the correct defaults have been configured on each switch and provide configuration information in case the defaults are not found Explain how to enable each switch for telnet and web management Explain how to enable CDP for Cisco cluster management and reboot each switch Provide information on configuring port duplex on a Cisco 3550FX switch
G-31
G-32
Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications

Bulk power supplies supply power to the system or to field devices. Power to the system is isolated from power to field devices. Figure H-1 shows one method of providing system power and bussed field power.
24 VDC from Plant Distribution
Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply
12 VDC
Bussed Field Power Connection
I/O Interface Carrier
System Passthrough Power Supply
Figure H-1
System Power and Bussed Field Power Example
Bulk Power Supply Specifications
H-1
You can purchase DeltaV Bulk Power Supplies or use third-party bulk power supplies. There are three types of DeltaV Bulk Power Supplies:
Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power Supply Accepts 120/230 VAC power and supplies 24 VDC power to field devices and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). Panel-mounted and DIN rail-mounted versions of this power supply can be purchased from Emerson Process Management. Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Accepts 120/230 VAC power and supplies 12 VDC power to System Passthrough Power Supplies (DC/DC) and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). Panel-mounted and DIN rail-mounted versions of this power supply can be purchased from Emerson Process Management. Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply Accepts 24 VDC power and supplies 12 VDC power to System Passthrough Power Supplies (DC/DC).
H-2
DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC

Table H-1 DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications Item Specification
AC input
120/230 VAC nominal, 90 VAC to 264 VAC range, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase 24.6 VDC at 12.0 A 12.3 VDC at 12.0 A 24.6 VDC at 9.0 A 12.3 VDC at 9.0 A 3.6 A at 12 VDC 4.5 A at 24 VDC 40/25 A maximum (hot/cold start) 20 ms (from 90 to 264 VAC input) 1% PK to PK max (Bandwidth 20 MHz) 110% - 120% 0.98 at full rated load Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses. Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.
Output power rating 60C
Output power rating 70C
Input
Inrush current Hold-up time Ripple and Noise Output overvoltage protection Power factor Input protection
Alarm relay contact rating Redundancy output isolation diode
30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A Integrated in unit Isolation diode not required
Dimensions on horizontal DIN rail: Height (max) Width (max) Depth (max) 13.5 cm (5.3 in.) 24.0 cm (9.5 in.) 10.6 cm (4.2 in.)
Figure H-2 is a top view of the DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC power supplies. It shows the dimensions and connectors. Figure H-3 shows a front view with dimensions.
H-3
24 cm (9.5 in.)
Figure H-2
Top View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply
24 cm (9.5 in.)
MAGNETEK
13.5 cm (5.3 in.)
12V
Figure H-3
Front View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply
H-4
ENA V OUT V OUT RTN RTN SHARE ENA RTN

AC OK DC OK
AC+
10.6 cm (4.2 in.)
AC
12A
Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC

Table H-2 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications Item Specification
AC input
120/230 VAC nominal, 90 VAC to 264 VAC range, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase 24 VDC at 12.5 A 12 VDC at 25 A 300 W at 60C 5A 100/40 A maximum (hot/cold start ) 20 ms (from 90 to 264 VAC input) 1% PK to PK max (Bandwidth 20 MHz) 125% (5%) 0.98 at full rated load 15 A, 250 VAC 3AB or equivalent, non-replaceable fuses. Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.
Output rating
DC output power options Input Inrush current Hold-up time Ripple and Noise Output overvoltage protection Power factor Fuse protection
Dimensions with mounting plate: Height Width Depth 12.70 cm (5 in.) 39.37 cm (15.5 in.) 6.35 cm (2.5 in.)
Figure H-4 is a top view of the panel-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC power supply. It shows the dimensions and connectors.
H-5
39.37 cm (15.5 in.) 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) 1.90 cm (0.75 in.) 3.17 cm (1.25 in.)
DC Output bus bar connections Slotted mounting holes 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) 12.70 cm (5.0 in.)
1.09 cm (0.43 in.) Fan Mounting holes
Figure H-4
Top View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply
Figure H-5 is an end view. It shows dimensions and provides more detail on the connectors.
1 12.70 cm (5.0 in.)
6.35 cm (2.5 in.)
1. DC Output bus bar connections 2. AC input terminals
Figure H-5
End View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply
H-6
Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC

Table H-3 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications Item Specification
DC input voltage Output rating DC output power options Power requirement Inrush current Hold-up time
24 VDC nominal (30 VDC maximum) 12 VDC at 25 A 300 W at 60C and altitude 914 m (3000 ft) 20 A 25 A/peak (cold start) 20 ms after loss of nominal DC input voltage for specified load regulation GMA-15, 15 A/125 V, non-replaceable fuses Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.
Fuse protection
Dimensions: Height Depth Width Weight 12.70 cm (5 in.) 30.50 cm (12 in.) 6.35 cm (2.5 in.) 1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
H-7
H-8
Appendix I Cabinet and Enclosure Specifications

This appendix explains how to select an enclosure and provides power dissipation information.
Note
All enclosures must conform to applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations. In addition, when designing cabinets for the European Union you must ensure that the appropriate EU Directives have been considered as required (for example, 73/23/ EEC Low Voltage Directive and 89/336/EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility, with amendments).
Selecting an Enclosure
To choose an enclosure for your DeltaV system, consider the following items:

System environment Wire management Heat dissipation
You can choose from a wide variety of suitable enclosures to protect your system from adverse environmental conditions. The enclosures range from simple sheet metal boxes to NEMA 4X-rated enclosures. Select the appropriate type for your specific application. Figure I-1 and Figure I-2 show example arrangements for mounting your DeltaV system in a horizontal enclosure. Figure I-3 shows an example arrangement for mounting your DeltaV system in a vertical enclosure. These figures indicate areas available for wire management. You can access wiring through gland plates or through conduited entries. The enclosure supplier can help you select the proper arrangement for your application. The enclosure must be designed to dissipate the heat generated within the enclosure properly and to maintain an ambient temperature in the enclosure that is below the rated temperature for any devices located in the enclosure. The information you need to properly design the enclosure includes:

Maximum external ambient temperature for the application Ambient rating of any equipment mounted in the cabinet Power dissipation of each device
The internal temperature of the enclosure cannot exceed the rated temperature for any devices located in the enclosure.
Cabinet and Enclosure Specifications
I-1
61.0 cm (24.02 in.) Mounting Plate
Top View Optional AC Power Distribution Wall Mount Enclosure
22.3 cm (8.78 in.)
Bulk Power Supply 8.1 cm (3.17 in.) 9.1 cm (3.60 in.) 61.0 cm (24.02 in.) 11.4 cm (4.50 in.) Bundled Cable Area
DIN Rail
Optional Wire Way 5.0 x 7.5 cm (2 x 3 in.)
Front View
Side View
Figure I-1
Enclosure Example #1
I-2
121.9 cm (48.00 in.) Mounting Plate
Optional AC Power Distribution Bulk Power Supply DIN Rail
Top View
Wall Mount Enclosure
22.3 cm (8.78 in.)
14.3 cm (5.65 in.) 9.1 cm (3.60 in.)
76.2 cm (30.0 in.) Bundled Cable Area Front View Side View
15.1 cm (5.96 in.)
Optional Wire Way 5.0 x 7.5 cm (2 x 3 in.)
Figure I-2
Enclosure Example #2
I-3
Top View
10.2 cm (4.0 in.)
71.1 cm (28.0 in.)
Mounting Surface
5.8 cm (2.3 in.)
Front View
Bundled Cable Area Edge of Mounting Surface DIN Rail
185.9 cm (73.2 in.)
71.1 cm (28.0 in.)
Figure I-3 I-4
Enclosure Example #3 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Power Dissipation Considerations

The power dissipated within the enclosure generates heat. The enclosure supplier uses power dissipation figures to determine the air flow requirements needed to maintain the allowable heat rise. As the internal heat rise increases, the allowable external ambient temperature decreases. The power dissipation in an enclosure is dependent on the power requirements of the enclosed equipment, including the:

Power required to operate devices in the enclosure Field power dissipation within the cabinet Power dissipated by the power supplies located in the enclosure
I-5
Power consumption for DeltaV products is listed in the specifications in Appendices B through G. Table I-1 lists maximum power dissipation for each DeltaV component. To determine total power dissipation in an enclosure, sum the power requirements of all components to be mounted within the enclosure.
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products Product Type Power 1
Controller (MDPlus) Controller (MD) Remote Interface Unit

I/O Subsystem
14 W 14 W 6.0 W
AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA AI, 8-Channel, 420 mA, HART AI, 8-Channel, 15 VDC AO, 8-Channel, 420 mA AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART AS-Interface DeviceNet DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, Isolated DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High Side DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side
10.1 W 10.1 W 10.1 W 11.9 W 11.9 W 9.6 W 11.4 W 3.6 W 2.9 W 3.4 W 3.4 W 3.6 W 3.6 W 5.7 W 6.1 W 6.1 W 4.9 W 3.7 W + load dependent power dissipation (25 W maximum at 24 V)2 3.0 W + load dependent power dissipation (27 W maximum at 24 V)3
I-6
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued) Product Type Power 1
Fieldbus H1 card Multifunction Profibus DP RTD, ohms Sequence of Events Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Thermocouple, mV
10.2 W 8.2 W 10.1 W 2.7 W 3.5 W 5.1 W 5.9 W

Series 2 I/O Cards
Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with HART Simplex/Redundant 8.4 W 9.1 W (per card) Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA HART Simplex Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA with HART Simplex/Redundant 10.2 W 10.2 W (per card) Series 2 DeviceNet Simplex Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact Simplex/Redundant Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact Simplex Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Simplex/Redundant Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Simplex Series 2 H1 Simplex/Redundant Series 2 Isolated Input Simplex Series 2 Profibus Simplex 10.1 W 5.9 W 6.1 W (per card) 3.7 W (per card) 3.0 W + load dependent power dissipation (27 W maximum at 24 V)4 5.7 W 3.7 W (per card) 11.4 W 12.7 W
I-7
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued) Product Type Power 1
Series 2 Serial Simplex/Redundant 5.1 W (per card)

Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA, HART I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA (and HART) I.S. DI, 16-Channel I.S. DO, 4-Channel
Power Supplies
9.8 W 11.3 W 7.6 W 10.1 W
DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power Supply Panel-mounted Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Panel-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power Supply Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) System Power Supply (AC/DC) System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) 12 VDC Input 24 VDC Input
12 W
12 W
22 W
22 W
14.5 W 3.4 W 4.4 W
2.0 W 5.2 W
DeltaV SIS Components
Simplex Logic Solver Redundant Logic Solvers SISNet Repeaters Auxiliary Relay Modules, Energize to Actuate and De-Energize to Actuate, 24 VDC Auxiliary Relay Diode Module
21.4 W 32.0 W 9.6 W (per Repeater) 4.65 W
2.25 W
I-8
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued) Product Type Miscellaneous Components Power 1
Fieldbus H1 carrier Media Converter Single Port Fiber Switch I.S. LocalBus Isolator I.S. System Power Supply
5.2 W5 5.1 W 8.2 W 1.2 W 1.5 W
1.The power dissipation for each DC-powered discrete and analog card includes the loss of a power supply which is 75% efficient. If the power supply is not included in the enclosure or a supply with a different efficiency is used, adjust the dissipation accordingly. 2.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3 A at 24 V. Actual dissipation is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load Current (8 channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1] A typical value for eight channels driving a 24 V solenoid is 16.4 W. 3.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3.2 A at 24 V. Actual dissipation is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load Current (32 channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1] 4.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3.2 A at 24 V. Actual dissipation is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load Current (32 channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1] 5.Does not include I/O card dissipation or 2.2 W power supply dissipation. (Assumes power supply is not in the same enclosure as the H1 carrier.)
I-9
Enclosure Selection Procedure
To select the proper enclosure for your DeltaV system
1. Determine the allowable temperature rise by subtracting the expected ambient temperature from the lowest rated temperature of the components to be mounted in the enclosure. 2. Determine the power dissipation for the components to be mounted in the enclosure (see Table I-1). 3. Using the temperature rise and power dissipation information, the enclosure supplier can determine the enclosure surface area and cooling options required for your application.
I-10
Example Enclosure Selection Calculations

Assume the system consists of the following components:
Table I-2 Example Enclosure Components Quantity Product Type Power Dissipation from Table I-1
Controller (MD) AI, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, isolated DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, high side (driving 8 solenoids) DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, isolated DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, isolated System power supply (AC/DC) Bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply Total power
14 W 10.1 W 11.9 W 3.6 W 3.7 W + 16.4 W
1
1 1 1
12.2 W
2 1 1
6.8 W 4.4 W 22 W 105.1 W
Assume ambient temperature is 35C. The DeltaV components are rated for an ambient temperature of 60C. Therefore, the enclosure design temperature rise must be less than 60 - 35 = 25C with 105.1 W of heat dissipation within it. If the surface area of the enclosure is insufficient to dissipate the heat, you can use cooling options such as fans or blowers to improve heat dissipation.
Note
The actual temperature rise varies with layout, enclosure location, and other factors. If the application is critical or if the exact conditions are undetermined, follow your standard corporate/plant safety standards. Cabinet manufacturers recommend a safety margin of 25%.
I-11
I-12
Appendix J System Power Guidelines

This appendix contains important information about DeltaV system power. Refer to the DeltaV Site Preparation Guide for additional information.
Sizing System Power Supplies

The following sections provide sizing information for System Power Supplies and Bulk Power Supplies.

One System Power Supply (AC/DC) is sufficient for many small systems. The power supply provides 1.25 A of LocalBus power, enough for:
8 discrete I/O cards or 8 analog I/O cards or 4 serial I/O cards or 4 Series 2 H1 cards
Refer to Appendix N for complete information on calculating system power for all I/O card combinations. For systems that require additional power, use another System Power Supply (AC/ DC) for load sharing. For systems that require redundant power, connect a second System Power Supply (AC/DC). Refer to Appendix N for power sizing calculations. Other options for systems that require additional power are the System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) or the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) with a bulk power supply. These options do not require an additional two-wide carrier and are good choices when future expansion is anticipated.
System Power Guidelines
J-1

When it is operated on 12 VDC, the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is rated for a maximum of 13 A of LocalBus power which is sufficient for most large DeltaV systems. Refer to Appendix N for power sizing calculations. When it is operated on 24 VDC, the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is rated for a maximum of 4.5 A of LocalBus power. For systems that require additional power, use another System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC). For systems that require redundant power, use a second System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC). Refer to Table N-1 for power sizing calculations.

One System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) is sufficient for most large DeltaV systems. The power supply is rated for a maximum of 8 A of LocalBus power. For systems that require redundant power, use a second System Passthrough Power Supply. Refer to Appendix N for power sizing calculations.
I.S. System Power Supply

The I.S. System Power Supply accepts locally available 24 VDC (nominal) power and converts it to 12 VDC for powering I.S. I/O cards. Each I.S. power supply is rated at 5 A and can power from eight to fifteen cards depending upon the type and mix of cards. You can have up to ten I.S. power supplies and add an additional power supply for redundancy. (The total number of I.S. power supplies for a redundant system is eleven.) When using multiple I.S. system power supplies, intersperse the power supplies among the cards.
Note
The I.S. Power Supply supplies 60 W and draws 80 W for 24 VDC bulk power supply calculations at the rated load.
Bulk Power Supplies for System Power

The bulk AC to 12 VDC and 24 VDC to 12 VDC power supplies provide 12 VDC power to the System Passthrough Power Supply and System Power Supply (Dual DC/ DC) for one or more controllers and their associated I/O subsystems. However, if you are using the bulk power supply to provide power for more than one DeltaV system or for other equipment, refer to the I/O card specifications in Appendix C or use the simplified calculations in Appendix N to determine if there is sufficient capacity.
J-2
Bulk Power Supply for Bussed Field Power and System Power
The bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply provides power to field devices and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). In general, AI cards, AO cards, and dry contact DI cards use small amounts of current. Thus, the bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply provides enough power for approximately 40 of these types of I/O cards. If you are supplying power to DO cards with high side switches, you must evaluate the power requirements carefully. Refer to the manufacturers specifications for your field devices to determine the load and use the simplified calculations in Appendix N to determine your power requirements
Using Multiple System Power Supplies

There are three reasons to use more than one power supply for a system application: 1. To provide load sharing if more than 100 percent of the output of a single supply is required 2. To supply separate power supplies for redundant equipment 3. To provide a backup for one or more power supplies in a system Do not use different product types in multiple system power supply applications. Use the same product type with the same input voltage (12 VDC or 24 VDC) for either load sharing applications or redundant applications that use multiple system power supplies.
Note
Your individual requirements for system availability determine where to provide redundancy in a system. Corporate/plant standards or Hazardous Operations Procedures for your site often provide guidelines.
The system power supplies provide OR-ing diodes to isolate faults on one supply from the output provided by the other supply. Different system constraints apply to each type of DeltaV Power Supply. The following sections discuss considerations for each type of power supply.
J-3

The System Power Supply (AC/DC) converts AC input power to 12 VDC for the I/O subsystem (I/O power is expressed as LocalBus power in the power calculation worksheets in Appendix N). In addition, it converts some input power to supply the requirements of the controller if it is mounted directly to the left of the controller or on the right slot of a second 2-wide power/controller carrier.
Note
The left slot of the second 2-wide power/controller carrier will NOT provide power to the controller, only to the I/O subsystem.
Supplying System Power to the I/O
For some system sizes, I/O power requirements cannot be met by a single supply. In these cases, you must use multiple supplies for load sharing. By adding a second system power supply (or more) and additional carriers, you can increase the power available for the I/O. You may need as many as four supplies for a full system of analog I/O cards. For load sharing, mount the second supply in either slot of the second power/controller carrier. Additional supplies mount to the left of the second supply or on a third power/controller carrier, if needed. Figure J-1 shows an example of four system power supplies used for load sharing.
J-4
For load sharing, these system power supplies provide 25 W power to the I/O . Empty Slot The first system power supply provides 10 W power to controller and 15 W power to I/O.
Fourth System Power Supply
Third System Power Supply
Second System Power Supply
Controller
Third 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
Second 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
First 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
Figure J-1
System Power Supply Mounting for Load Sharing with a Simplex Controller
Note
In an application requiring redundant power to the controller rather than load sharing, the second system power supply in Figure J-1 would provide only 15 W to the I/O and 10 W to the controller. Refer to Supplying Redundant System Power to the Controller on page J-7. Refer also to Table J-1 for information on LocalBus current provided to the I/O in various controller/power redundancy situations.
J-5
Extending System Power to the I/O
The LocalBus power is specified and limited to 8 A. Some cards consume up to 0.5 A of system power each. Because of this, a system with several cards such as AS-Interface, Profibus, DeviceNet, and Fieldbus cards can exceed the ratings. The power can be extended by modifying the wiring associated with the LocalBus Extender cable. For most applications, the wiring supplied by the factory is correct. However, when the power must be extended, the black and red auxiliary wires should be removed from the assembly (at both ends). Additional power can be supplied through the screw terminals on the left extender. The screw terminals are marked HVCC + and -. Provide 12 VDC at these screw terminals. Figure J-2 shows how to extend power using 1-wide cable extenders. Figure B-3 shows the dimensions for the left and right extenders
.
Figure J-2 Extended Power Diagram
J-6
Supplying Redundant System Power to the Controller
To provide redundant power to the controller, install a secondary system power supply in the right slot of the second power/controller carrier, as shown in Figure J-3. You must mount the secondary supply in the right slot of the second carrier to provide power to the controller.
Empty Slot A controller can receive power only from system power supplies in these slots.
Controller
Figure J-3
System Power Supply Mounting for Redundant Controller Power
If you require redundant power to the controller and additional system power supplies for I/O load sharing, you must mount the secondary system power supply for the controller in the right slot of the second carrier, as shown in Figure J-3.
J-7
LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O Based on Controller/Power Redundancy
The following table shows the LocalBus current provided to the I/O based on the number of System Power Supplies (AC/DC) and the controller/power redundancy used in the configuration.
Table J-1 LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O Number of System Power Supplies (AC/DC) Simplex Controller and Simplex Power Controller/Power Redundancy Simplex Controller and Redundant Power Redundant Controller and Redundant Power
1 2 3 4
1.25 A 3.35 A 5.45 A 7.55 A
N/A 1.25 A 3.35 A 5.45 A
N/A 1.25 A 2.50 A 4.6 A

The System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) provides 12 VDC LocalBus power to the I/O subsystem when it is operated on either 12 VDC or 24 VDC input power. In addition, it converts some input power to supply the requirements of the controller if it is mounted directly to the left of the controller or on the right slot of a second 2wide power/controller carrier.
Supplying System Power to the I/O
You can add a second system power supply to provide I/O power redundancy. The second supply mounts in the right slot of the second 2-wide power/controller carrier, as shown in Figure J-4. Power this supply from a separate bulk power supply to provide power if the primary bulk supply fails.
J-8
A controller can receive power only from system power supplies in these slots.
Controller
Figure J-4
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Mounting for Redundant Power

The System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) passes 12 VDC input power to the I/O subsystem. In addition, it converts some input power to supply the requirements of the controller if it is mounted directly to the left of the controller or on the right slot of a second 2-wide power/controller carrier.
Supplying System Passthrough Power to the I/O
You can add a second system passthrough power supply to provide I/O power redundancy. The second supply mounts on the right slot of the second 2-wide power/ controller carrier, as shown in Figure J-5. Power this supply from a separate bulk power supply to provide power if the primary bulk supply fails.
J-9
A controller can receive power only from system power supplies in these slots.
Second System Passthrough Power Supply
First System Passthrough Power Supply
Controller
Figure J-5
System Passthrough Power Supply Mounting for Redundant I/O Power
Supplying Redundant Passthrough Power to the Controller
To provide redundant power to the controller, install a secondary system passthrough power supply in the right slot of the second power/controller carrier, exactly as the system power supply mounts in Figure J-5. You must mount the secondary supply in the right slot to provide power to the controller. The power conversion from 12 VDC is done inside of the system passthrough supply. Because of this, you could decide that it is acceptable to supply power to both system supplies from a single bulk supply if your application can support that single point of failure.
J-10
Using Multiple Bulk Power Supplies

The bulk AC to 24 VDC and bulk AC to 12 VDC power supplies are available as both DIN rail and panel-mounted units. Both types of power supplies can be used in redundant systems and the DIN rail-mounted supply can be used in systems requiring load sharing as well as redundancy. The panel-mounted power supply cannot be used in systems that require load sharing. If you have redundant system passthrough power supplies, connect the redundant DIN rail-mounted bulk AC to 12 VDC power supplies to different system passthrough power supplies on each controller and I/O subsystem. The DIN rail-mounted bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply provides 24 VDC power to field devices and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). This power supply provides enough power for approximately 40 AI, AO, and dry contact DI cards.
J-11
The DIN rail-mounted bulk power supplies have an integrated OR-ing diode. If the DIN rail-mounted bulk power supply is used in a system that requires redundancy or load sharing, connect the SHARE terminals on the top of the power supplies as shown in Figure J-6. If the panel-mounted bulk power supply is used in a system that requires redundancy, use external OR-ing diodes (such as the Weidmuller USA #996541 dual rectifier diode module) to isolate faults on one supply from the power supplied to the bussed field power connections.
AC+ AC
Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC power supply
share
+ + VOUT RTN
share +
AC+ AC
Figure J-6
Connecting the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk Power Supply for Redundancy or Load Sharing
J-12
share
+ + VOUT RTN
The following table shows the current provided to the system based on the number of DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power Supplies (AC to 12 and 24 VDC) and whether simplex or redundant power is used in the configuration.
Table J-2 Bulk Power Provided to the System Number of Bulk Power Supplies (AC to 24 VDC and AC to 12 VDC) System Current Provided by Simplex Power System Current Provided by Redundant Power
1 2 3 4 5
12 A 24 A 36 A 48 A N/A
N/A 12 A 24 A 36 A 48 A
J-13
From AC G power N distribution L AC+ AC + + VOUT RTN Bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply DC return ground From AC L power N distribution G 24 VDC return (-)
24 VDC return (-) 24 VDC (+) +
Fuse block 1
Bussed field power connectors
DC reference ground
Ground bar LEGEND: L Line N Neutral G Ground
To isolated common ground reference or DeltaV instrumentation ground (DIG)
Isolated local ground reference
Notes: 1. A fuse block and fuse are optional. If you are providing bussed-field power to several carriers from one power supply, it is recommended that you fuse the line to each carrier.
Figure J-7
Power Supply AC-DC Overview
J-14
24 VDC (+)
From AC G power N distribution L AC+ AC + + VOUT RTN
24 VDC return (-)
G N L
24 VDC return (-)
AC+ AC
+ + VOUT RTN
24 VDC (+)
Bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply
24 VDC return (-)
Fuse block 1
Bussed field power connectors
8 DC modules Controller 8-Wide carrier Isolated local ground reference 2-Wide carrier
Carrier shield bar LEGEND: L Line N Neutral G Ground
Notes: 1. A fuse block and fuse are optional. If you are providing bussed-field power to several carriers from one power supply, it is recommended that you fuse the line to each carrier.
To isolated common ground reference or DeltaV instrumentation ground (DIG)
Figure J-8
System Power Supply DC/DC and System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Overview
J-15
J-16
Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines

Many of the I/O cards use 24 VDC bussed field power to power their devices. These cards are designed to operate at 21.6 to 26.4 VDC (24 VDC 10%). To minimize field wiring, you can connect a power source directly to the I/O interface carrier to provide power to field devices that are connected to these cards. The power source can be a DeltaV Bulk Power Supply or your own source. Be sure that the power supply allows the voltage to the carrier to be within the 21.6 to 26.4 VDC range required for the cards that use bussed field power. Some I/O cards use a voltage other than 24 VDC and others do not use bussed field power to power their associated field devices. Refer to the I/O card specifications tables in Appendix C for details.
Note
The bussed field power connection on the top of the carrier provides power to the field through the I/O cards only. Extending power from this connection to additional field devices is not supported or appropriate.
If the system requires redundant bulk power supplies or multiple bulk power supplies for load sharing, it is recommended that the DIN rail-mounted bulk AC to 24 and 12 VDC power supplies with integrated OR-ing diodes be used. Refer to Figure J-6 for information on connecting redundant DIN rail-mounted bulk power supplies. If panel-mounted or third party bulk power supplies are used for redundancy use external OR-ing diodes (such as the Weidmuller USA #996541 dual rectifier diode module) to isolate faults on one supply from the power supplied to the bussed field power connections. DI and DO Applications Observe the following guidelines if you implement bussed field power for DI and DO applications.
If you use DeltaV discrete inputs (isolated or dry contact) to sense a contact closure in a field device, use an arc suppression device at the contact. This arc suppression device can be an R-C snubber or a varistor, as shown in Figure K-1 for isolated discrete inputs. Refer to Sizing R-C Snubbers on page K-5 for information on selecting R-C snubbers.
Bussed Field Power Guidelines
K-1
Field Devices e
DeltaV Discrete Input Card
Field Devices
DeltaV Discrete Input Card
Power
OR
Power
Figure K-1
Arc Suppression Device Examples for Contact Closure Detection (Isolated Discrete Inputs)
Table K-1 lists example R-C values based on the load provided by the input card and the formulas provided in Sizing R-C Snubbers on page K-5.
Table K-1 Example R-C Values Load from Input Card R Value C Value
24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC
5 K 60 115
2.4 nF 0.12 nF 0.01 nF
If you use DeltaV isolated discrete inputs to sense solid state devices such as triacs, you may need to place some resistance in parallel with the input to avoid false triggering due to leakage currents. Size the resistor so that the voltage level generated by leakage current through the switch is less than the upper limit for OFF voltage at the input card. The resistor wattage must support the following calculation for dissipation when the switch is ON:
V Watts = V -R
where V = voltage R = resistance
K-2
You can use DeltaV dry contact discrete inputs to sense a solid state device only if the leakage of the switch is less than the upper limit for OFF current of the input card. Table K-2 lists the upper limit of the OFF current for the DeltaV input cards.
Table K-2 OFF Current Limits for Input Cards Input Card Voltage Level Upper Limit of OFF Current
24 VDC 120 VAC 230 VAC
1 mA 0.56 mA 0.28 mA
If you use DeltaV AC discrete outputs (high-side or isolated) to drive inductive loads such as relay coils, it is recommended that the kickback from the coil be suppressed at the coil with an R-C snubber or a varistor. Figure K-2 is a wiring diagram example for a high-side discrete output. Sizing for the suppressor is load-dependent; refer to Sizing R-C Snubbers on page K-5 and to the documentation for the field device or suppressor.
Field Devices DeltaV Discrete Output Field Devices
DeltaV e Discrete Output
Load
OR
Load
Figure K-2
Examples for Driving Inductive Loads with AC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output)
K-3
If you use DC discrete outputs to drive inductive loads such as relay coils, it is recommended that the kickback from the coil be suppressed at the coil by a parallel reverse-biased diode (such as a 1N4004). Figure K-3 is a wiring diagram example for a high-side discrete output.
Field Devices
DeltaV Discrete Output
Load
Figure K-3
Example for Driving Inductive Loads with DC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output)
K-4
If your field device has low current requirements, you can connect a loading resistor in parallel with your load to limit the effect of leakage currents on DeltaV discrete AC outputs. Size the resistor to provide a total load of 10 mA and to handle the heat dissipation for this load. For example, a 12 K, 2 W resistor is appropriate for 120 VAC and a 23 K, 3 W resistor is appropriate for 230 VAC. In electrically noisy environments, place one varistor in parallel with the field terminal blocks at the I/O card and another varistor in parallel with the bussed field power connection to the carrier. Size the varistor for 20% above the nominal line voltage.
Sizing R-C Snubbers

R-C (resistor-capacitor) snubbers are used to suppress arcing when a contact is opened or to suppress kickback when a coil is de-energized. Pre-assembled R-C snubbers are available in a variety of ratings (QUENCHARC and RIFA RC-units are two trade names) or you can assemble R-C snubbers from discrete components. Because the resistor is in series with the capacitor, the wattage requirements are low (less than 0.25 W). Use the following calculations to size the R-C snubber that is appropriate for your application. Always round up to the next value available.
DC Applications
VDCR = -------------I LOAD F C = I LOAD 0.5 -----A
For example, using a 24 VDC source, and driving a 0.5 A load:

24 R = ------ = 48 0.5 C = 0.5 0.5 = 0.250 F
K-5
AC Applications
R = 0.5 V rms C = 0.005 F
for each 10 VA of steady state load
For example, using a 120 VAC source and driving a 0.5 A load:
R = 0.5 120 = 60 0.005 - ( 120 0.5 ) = 0.03 F C = ----------- 10
K-6
Appendix L Controller Redundancy

The DeltaV system supports redundant controllers. Figure L-1 shows a simple system with redundant controllers and a redundant Control Network.
Workstation Unshielded connectors Primary hub
Controller Controller
ScTP Cat. 5(e) cable maximum length: 100 m (330 ft)
Secondary hub
ScTP Cat. 5(e) cable maximum length: 100 m (330 ft)
LEGEND: = Shielded connectors
Figure L-1
Redundant Controller Network Example
Controller Redundancy
L-1
Power Supply 1
Controller 1
Power Supply 2
Controller 2
Figure L-2
Redundant Controller Installation Example
A redundant controller system requires an additional two-wide carrier to support the additional controller and power supply. Figure L-2 shows a redundant controller installation. Refer to Figure L-2:

Controller 1 receives 5V and 3.3V power from power supply 1. Controller 2 receives 5V and 3.3V power from power supply 2. Both power supplies provide 12V, load sharing power to the I/O cards.
For redundant I/O power, ensure that there is enough power for the active controller and I/O if one power supply fails. If the two power supplies are not capable of providing redundant power to the controllers and I/O cards, you can install an additional carrier and power supplies to the left of the controller carrier.
L-2
Installing a Redundant Controller

1. Assign appropriate redundancy license to the simplex Controller you want to make redundant in DeltaV Explorer. 2. Plug in a second 2-wide carrier to the left of the current 2-wide carrier. 3. Insert the appropriate power supply in the left slot of the left 2-wide carrier and plug in the power cord to supply power. 4. Insert an MD or MDPlus Controller (Controller type should match what is already in the right 2-wide carrier) into the right slot of the left 2-wide carrier. 5. The added Controller's Power LED should turn on and the Error LED should blink for a few seconds. Then, all 6 of the LEDs should turn on for about 2 seconds, followed by the LEDs turning off except for the Power LED, which should always remain on. At this point, the Standby LED and the two communications LEDs should start to blink (Standby Controller becomes Commissioned). 6. Download the ProfessionalPLUS workstation. (Use the DeltaV Explorer to perform the downloads.) 7. Download the setup data to the controller. The two communications LEDs should continue to blink for a few minutes and the Standby LED should turn on solid (Standby Controller becomes configured). The Standby Controller is now ready to take over if the Active Controller fails.
Controller Redundancy
L-3
L-4
Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers

DeltaV vertical carriers mount on standard 35 mm. (1.38 in.) T- or G-type DIN rails. See DIN Rail Recommendations on page M-11 for more information on vertical DIN rails. There are 4 types of carriers for mounting vertically in a cabinet:

Two types of 4-wide power/controller carriers Two types of 8-wide I/O interface carriers 1 meter bottom cable extender 2 meter top cable extender
There are two separate cable lengths for connecting the 8-wide I/O interface carriers:

The LocalBus, including all cabling, cannot be longer than 6.5 m (21.3 ft). Refer to the description of the LocalBus in DeltaV System Equipment on page 1-2 for more information.
Note
In this Appendix, references to left and right, top and bottom, assume that you are facing the equipment.
DeltaV 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers

Important The vertical carriers are mounted properly when the lettering is in the upright position.
The 4-wide power/controller carriers supply power and communications connections for vertically mounted controller(s) and I/O cards. There are two types of 4-wide power/controller carriers:
Top 4-wide power/controller carriers connect to the left 8-wide I/O interface carrier. The 96 pin connector is at the bottom of this carrier. (The left 8-wide I/O interface carrier holds cards 1-8 from top to bottom.) Bottom 4-wide power/controller carriers connect to the right 8-wide I/O interface carrier. The 96 pin connector is at the top of this carrier. (The right 8-wide I/O interface carrier holds cards 8-1 from top to bottom.)
Up to two controllers (primary and secondary) and two system power supplies mount on the 4-wide power/controller carriers.
DeltaV Vertical Carriers
M-1
Figure M-1 shows the top and bottom 4-wide carriers.

Top Position 4-Wide Carrier for Vertical DIN Rail Mounting Bottom Position 4-Wide Carrier for Vertical DIN Rail Mounting
Carrier Connector
DIN Rail
18.0 cm (7.1 in)
18.3 cm (7.2 in) Carrier Connector

Figure M-1 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers
DeltaV 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers

The vertically mounted I/O interface carriers provide power and communications connections for the I/O subsystem. There are two types of 8-wide I/O interface carriers:

Left 8-wide I/O interface carrier (card positions 1-8 from top to bottom) Right 8-wide I/O interface carrier (card positions 8-1 from top to bottom)
M-2
Figure M-2 shows the left and right 8-wide I/O interface vertical carriers.
(LEFT) 8-Wide Vertical Mount Carrier
Jumper DIN Rail
(RIGHT) 8-Wide Vertical Mount Carrier
Carrier Connector I/O Module (Numbers 1 - 8 are printed on carrier for reference)
56.0 cm (22.0 in.)
Socket on LEFT Carrier
Jumper
To Center of DIN Rail
9.9 cm (3.9 in.) 18.3 cm (7.2 in.)
Carrier Connector
Plug on RIGHT Carrier
Figure M-2 DeltaV Vertical Carriers
Left and Right 8-Wide I/O Interface Vertical Carriers M-3
Note
The vertical 8-wide I/O carriers are designed with a split high-side power plane and a shared common return plane. A jumper bridges both high-side planes for a continuous conductive path. If additional power is required, you can break this high-side path and add another power source to the unpowered end.
To decide when to use external power, calculate the power used per position on the carrier. Add these values to determine if they exceed the power supplys capabilities. If the calculation of a given position exceeds the power supplys capabilities:
Locate the terminal block with jumper that is just before this position (count from the power supply end). Insert additional power at this node.
To add external power
Refer to Figure M-3. 1. Remove the jumper. 2. Insert a 12 VDC power supply to the terminal block: + to the center terminal - to the - terminal
LEFT Carrier
Jumper
LEFT Carrier
External Power
12 VDC External Power
Figure M-3
Remove Jumper for Additional Power Supply
M-4
A typical configuration has up to six, 8-wide I/O interface carriers three on each DIN rail as shown in Figure M-4.
LEFT DIN Rail Mounting

Top Position 4-Wide Carrier
RIGHT DIN Rail Mounting

Vertical Mounted DIN Rail
Carrier #1 Addressing Positions 01 - 08

Socket Bottom Cable Extender

Figure M-4 DeltaV Vertical Carriers Typical Vertical Mount Configuration
Plug
M-5
Another configuration uses the top cable extender to bridge a left to right 8-wide I/O Interface carrier, as shown in Figure M-5.
Figure M-5
Top Cable Extender Bridging Left and Right I/O Interface Carriers
Another configuration, shown in Figure M-6, shows a bottom 4-wide carrier connected to a right 8-wide I/O interface carrier. A top cable extender bridges the right I/O carrier to a left I/O carrier on the back side of the cabinet.
M-6
Top Cable Extender Carrier #3 Addressing Positions 17 - 24
Bottom Position 4-Wide Carrier DIN Rail DIN Rail

Figure M-6 Bottom 4-Wide Carrier
M-7
Cables
Two types of cables are used to connect the 8-wide I/O carriers:
The bottom cable extender connects a left I/O carrier (card position 1-8) to a right I/O carrier (card positions 8-1) at the bottom of the DIN rails. The bottom cable extender exits in a downward direction. The top cable extender connects a right I/O carrier (card position 8-1) to a left I/O carrier (card positions 8-1) on the opposite side of the cabinet at the top of the DIN rails. The top cable extender exits in an upward direction.
Figure M-4 shows how the bottom cable extender is used in a typical configuration and Figure M-5 shows how the top cable extender is used as a bridge.
Note
Failure to use the correct cables can result in a corrupt addressing scheme.
Calculating the Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System

For both vertically and horizontally mounted systems, the length of the LocalBus, including all cabling is the same it cannot exceed 6.5 m (21.3 feet). (Refer to DeltaV System Equipment on page 1-2 for more information on the LocalBus.) However, there is a difference in how maximum length is calculated between the vertically and horizontally mounted systems. The following figure shows a standard configuration for an eight carrier, 64 card system.
M-8
Top 4-wide carrier
1 2 3 4
Bussed field power connector C1
C6
4
C2
4
C5
5
6
5
8
7
Top cable extender (2-meters/78.74 inches)
2
1
6
5
1
7 3 3
C7
C8
8
7
7
1
6
5
Notes
C4 Each carrier (C1-C8) is 22 inches long C1 addressing positions 01-08 C2 addressing positions 09-16 C3 addressing positions 17-24 C4 addressing positions 25-32 C5 addressing positions 33-40 C6 addressing positions 41-48 C7 addressing positions 49-56 C8 addressing positions 57-64
C3
4
2
1
Bottom cable extender (1 meter/39.37 inches)
Figure M-7
Standard Configuration for an Eight Carrier Vertical System
The length to carriers 6 and 7 (C6 and C7) is not counted in the overall length calculation since C6 and C7 are considered spurs and are not in series with the rest of the system. Spur lengths are equal to or less than the total system length.
M-9
Refer to Figure M-7. There are three carrier ends: 6, 7, and 8. For a vertically mounted system, the signal path starts at the first carrier. The following table shows how to calculate the lengths to the three carrier ends. The cable lengths are 1m. (39.37 in.) or 2m (78.74 in.) and the carrier lengths (C) are 22 inches.
Table M-1 Cable Length Calculations Total length to the end of carrier: Calculation
6 7 8
C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + C6 = 14.3 ft C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + 2m + C7 = 20.8 ft C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + 2m + C8 = 20.8 ft
Note
Do not connect additional carriers to spurs as this will corrupt the addressing scheme. Referring to Figure M-7, if you connect a carrier to the end of carrier 6, it will become carrier 7. In the addressing scheme shown in Figure M-7, carrier 7 already exists at the end of the 2 meter cable.
M-10
DIN Rail Recommendations

Figure M-8 shows suggested spacing for vertical DIN rail installation.
LEFT DIN Rail RIGHT DIN Rail
38.1 cm (15.0 in.) (Max)
Horizontal System Bars Side Edge of Mounting Surface 38.1 cm (15.0 in.) (Typical) 10.16 cm (4.0 in.) (Min) 10.16 cm (4.0 in.) (Min)
Figure M-8
Vertical DIN Rail Installation
Installing the 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers
To install the 4-wide power/controller carriers
Refer to Figure M-9. 1. Mount the DIN rail at the appropriate location. 2. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the power/controller carrier to disengage the latch. 3. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch.
Note
The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the outer screws are for T-rail mounting.
M-11
Installing the 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers
To install the 8-wide vertical I/O Interface carriers
Refer to Figure M-9. 1. Mount the DIN rail at the appropriate location. 2. Connect each 8-wide carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding the 96-pin connectors at the top or bottom of the carriers together. Hold the carrier in position to ensure that it does not fall. 3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise to disengage the latch. With the carrier on the rail, tighten the screws clockwise to latch.
Note
The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the outer screws are for T-rail mounting.
4. If you are mounting 8-wide carriers on separate rails, use the bottom cable extender for a left-to-right bridge and the top cable extender for a right-to-left bridge. Refer to Cables on page M-8 for more information. 5. Install ground wiring as shown in Figure M-10. For a good connection, use a signal ground cable and a block spade terminal, sized for AC/DC system power.
M-12
Previously Mounted Top Position 4-wide Carrier
T-Rail or G-Rail
T-Rail Latch Screws G-Rail Latch Screws Carrier Shield Bar Wiring Point for Shield Bar Previously Mounted Bottom Position 4-wide Carrier
Push and Hold
Push and Hold
Push and Hold
Figure M-9
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation
M-13
Isolated Common Ground Reference Dedicated Plant Ground Grid Point
DC Reference Ground
I/O Carrier Shield Bar
Bussed Field Power Connector Connects To Shield Bar on Next I/O Carrier
Figure M-10 Ground Wiring for System Power Supplies
M-14
Installing the Cables

Refer to Figure M-4 and Figure M-5.
To install the cables
Use the bottom cable extender to connect a left I/O carrier to a right I/O carrier at the bottom of the DIN rails. Use the top cable extender to connect a right I/O carrier to a left I/O carrier on the opposite side of the cabinet at the top of the DIN rails.
Note
Be sure that the bottom cable extender exits in a downward position and the top cable extender exits in an upward position.
Caution
Be careful when inserting sockets and plugs. The connectors are fragile and bend easily. Ensure that the pins are straight before connecting the cable ends.
1. Connect the plugs and sockets on the carriers. 2. Tighten the two mounting screws on each cable end.
M-15
M-16
Appendix N Installation Worksheets

This appendix provides worksheets to calculate your system power supply requirements and includes a checklist that you can use to create your own worksheets to document your installation.
Installation Information Checklist

Document the following information about your system and archive it for use in the event that any problems arise.
Create a diagram of the Control Network equipment and cables, include: Equipment location Cable routing Cable lengths Type of connectors at each end of the cables The manufacturer and type of cable Boot color on the cables Certification report for each 10BaseT cable Certification report for each fiber-optic cable Create a diagram of the power supplies and power and ground wiring, include: Power supply locations Power sizing calculations (Refer to Tables N-1 through N-6.) Wiring routing Wiring gauges and lengths Current flow through the wiring (measured after startup) Document the sizing and heat rise calculations for any enclosures (Refer to Power Dissipation Considerations on page I-5.) Document each I/O terminal block and I/O card types for each slot. Refer to Appendix C for I/O card and terminal block information.
Installation Worksheets
N-1
Worksheets for Calculating Power Requirements

Use Tables N-1 through N-5 to calculate your power supply requirements for system power supplies and bulk power supplies for non-I.S. systems. Use Table N-6 to determine the number of power supplies required for Intrinsically Safe systems and add the total number of I.S. power supplies to Table N-2. Make a copy of the tables and use them for each DeltaV system in your plant. If you are using redundant power, remember to include calculations for redundant system power in Table N-3 or Table N-4 and redundant bulk power in Table N-5.
Calculating Power Requirements
Follow these steps to calculate your power requirements: 1. For products that use 12 VDC LocalBus power and 24 VDC bussed field power, use Table N-1 to record quantity for each product and multiply quantity by the required amperage to determine the: 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements for each product 24 VDC bussed field power requirements for each product Enter the totals in the appropriate column (12 VDC or 24 VDC) in Table N-1 on page N-5. Add the total amperage requirements to get a subtotal of amperage requirements for all products and enter the subtotal as Subtotal 1 at the end of Table N-1. 2. For products that use 24 VDC power, use Table N-2 on page N-9 to record quantity for each product and multiply quantity by the required amperage to determine the: 24 VDC power requirements for each product Number of Intrinsically Safe power supplies (if I.S. cards are used) required for I.S. systems and add the total number of I.S. power supplies to Table N-2 on page N-9. Use Table N-6 on page N-16 to determine the number of I.S. power supplies. Enter the totals in the 24 VDC column in Table N-2. Add the total amperage requirements to get a subtotal of amperage requirements for all products and enter as Subtotal 2 at the end of Table N-2. Now, depending upon your system power input requirements (12 or 24 VDC), go to either Step 3 or Step 4.
N-2
24 VDC Systems
3.
For 24 VDC systems, use Table N-3 on page N-11 to determine the: Number of system power supplies required to power the I/O cards in Table N-1. Amperage required from the bulk 24 VDC power supplies to power the system power supplies and bussed field power requirements.
12 VDC Systems
4. For 12 VDC systems, use Table N-4 on page N-13 to determine the: Number of system power supplies required to power the I/O cards in Table N-1. Amperage required from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supplies to power the system power supplies and 24 VDC bussed field power requirements. 5. Use Table N-5 on page N-15 to determine the number of bulk power supplies required.
N-3
Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power
Use Table N-1 to calculate the power requirements for products that use 12 VDC LocalBus power and 24 VDC bussed field power.
N-4
Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product 12 VDC LocalBus Power 24 VDC Bussed Field Power Total for Product Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
Controller (MDPlus) Controller (MD) Remote Interface Unit
0.0a 0.0a 0.0a

I/O Cards
0.0a 0.0a 0.0a
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART AS-Interface DeviceNet DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
0.150 0.150
0.300 0.300
0.150 0.150 0.150
0.100 0.300 0.300
0.300 0.600 0.100
N/A N/A N/A
0.100
0.040
0.100
N/A
0.100
N/A
0.100
N/A
0.100
N/A
0.075
0.150
N-5
Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued) Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product 12 VDC LocalBus Power 24 VDC Bussed Field Power Total for Product Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, Isolated DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High Side DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side
0.150
N/A
0.150
N/A
0.150
N/A
0.150
depends upon field devices (max 3 A total each card) depends upon field devices (max 3.2 A total each card) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.075 N/A
0.150
Fieldbus H1 card Media Converter Multifunction Profibus DP RTD, ohms Sequence of Events Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Thermocouple, mV
0.600 0.300 0.250 0.600 0.160 0.075 0.300
0.350
N/A
N-6
Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued) Series 2 I/O Cardsb Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product 12 VDC LocalBus Power 24 VDC Bussed Field Power Total for Product Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with HART Simplex Redundant Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Simplex Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA with HART Simplex Redundant Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact Simplex Redundant Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Simplex Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Simplex .150 depends upon field devices (max 3 A total each card) Redundant .150 (each card) depends upon field devices (max 1.5 A each card) Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Simplex 0.150 depends upon field devices (max 3.2 A total each card) 0.075 0.150 .150 .150 (each card) .040 .020 (each card) .150 .250 (each card) .300 .200 (each card) .150 .600 .150 .250 (each card) .300 .200 (each card)
N-7
Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued) Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product 12 VDC LocalBus Power 24 VDC Bussed Field Power Total for Product Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
Series 2 H1 Simplex Redundant Series 2 Isolated Input Series 2 DeviceNet Series 2 Profibus DP Series 2 Serial Simplex Redundant .300 .300 (each card) N/A N/A
Subtotal 1
.300 .300 (each card) .350 .600 .600
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
a. Require no LocalBus current as they are powered separately by the system power supply. b. For Series 2 cards in redundant applications, the numbers shown in the table are for each card of a redundant pair. For example, the power required for a redundant pair of Series 2 DO cards is .300 A at 12 VDC and a maximum of 3 A at 24 VDC for 24 VDC field power.
N-8
Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power

Use Table N-2 to calculate power requirements for products that use only 24 VDC power.
Table N-2 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power Miscellaneous Products Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product 12 VDC 24 VDC Total for Product Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
H1 carrier input power N/A 0.02 mA (carrier only) 0.500 mA (max with cards) Add the current required for the cards installed on the carrier unless accounted for elsewhere in the calculation in Table N-1. 1 A plus DO field power 4 A (max) 2 A plus DO field power
N/A
Bussed field power
N/A
Logic Solver
N/A
N/A
Redundant Logic Solvers SISNet Repeaters Auxiliary Relay Modules, Energize to Actuate and De-Energize to Actuate, 24 VDC
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
300 mA (per Repeater) 10 mA plus field power 5 A (max)
N/A N/A
Power Supplies
Fieldbus Power Supply
N/A
.010 - .030 per powered fieldbus device .45 max each power supply
N/A
I.S. Fieldbus Power Supply
N/A
.010 -.030 per powered fieldbus device .22 max each power supply
N/A
N-9
Table N-2 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power (Continued) Miscellaneous Products
I.S. System Power Supply (Refer to Table N-6 for calculations.)
N/A
3.4
Subtotal 2
N/A
N-10
Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Power Input

To calculate the number and type of system power supplies required to power the system based on the 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements calculated in Table N-1, use Table N-3 for systems in which the system power supply is powered by a 24 VDC supply or use Table N-4 for systems in which the system power supply is powered by a 12 VDC supply. Remember to not exceed 8 A on the horizontal carrier and 15 A on the vertical carrier and remember to include calculations for redundant system power. Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1 and Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 to do the calculation.
Table N-3 System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Input Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product 12 VDC 24 VDC Total for Product Type
12 VDC
24 VDC
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) 24 V input Provides 4.5 Amps @ 12 V (Subtotal 1 /4.5 A = Quantity) Redundant system Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) 24 V input for either Simplex or Redundant controllers (if applicable) Add for Subtotal 3 Add Subtotal 1 (24 VDC only) from Table N-1. Add Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 Add Subtotals 1, 2, and 3 for total 24 VDC power required.
N/A
4.0 max
N/A
NA
1.0 maxa
N/A
Subtotal 3 Subtotal 1
N/A N/A
Subtotal 2
N/A
Grand Total
N/A
a. If your system requires redundant system power, a redundant system power supply can be added to either a 2wide horizontal carrier, (may require an additional 2-wide carrier) or to the 4-wide vertical carrier. If the system requires more than 4.5 A LocalBus power for horizontally mounted systems, the addition of a 2-wide carrier is required when adding the redundant system power supply. If the system requires more than 4.5 A LocalBus power for vertically mounted systems, a redundant system power supply can be added only if both supplies use the 12 VDC input instead of 24 VDC input. Refer to Table N-4 to do the calculations.
N-11
Example Calculation for 24 VDC Input

As an example, suppose your calculations from Table N-1 showed that the total 12 VDC LocalBus power requires 6.1 A using a Dual DC/DC power supply with a 24 VDC input. Calculate the number of power supplies that you will need as follows: 6.1 A/4.5 A/supply = 1.35 or 2 system power supplies for simplex power. If redundant power is required, an additional 2-wide carrier is necessary for a horizontally mounted DeltaV system. The Dual DC/DC power supply, used with 12 VDC input instead of 24 VDC, is an alternate solution that does not require the additional 2-wide carrier for redundant power. For vertically mounted systems, redundant power can only be used in this example system if the Dual DC/DC power supply with a 12 VDC input is used. Use Table N-5 to calculate the number of bulk supplies required to power the system for each type based on the 12 and 24 VDC power requirements calculated in Table N-3.
N-12
Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input

For systems in which the system power supply is powered from a 12 VDC supply, use Table N-4 to calculate the number and type of system power supplies required to power the system based on the 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements calculated in Table N-1. Remember to not exceed 8 A on the horizontal carrier and 15 A on the vertical carrier and remember to include calculations for redundant system power. Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1 and Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 to do the calculation.
Table N-4 System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product 12 VDC 24 VDC Total for Product Type
12 VDC
24 VDC
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) 12 V input Provides 13 Amps @ 12 V (Subtotal 1 /13 A = Quantity) Redundant System Power Supply for either Simplex or Redundant controllers (if applicable) Add for Subtotal 4 Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1. Add Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 Add Subtotals 1, 2, and 4 for total 12 and 24 VDC power required.
1.8a
N/A
N/A
1.8b
N/A
Subtotal 4 Subtotal 1 Subtotal 2 Grand Total
N/A
a.The current required for I/O cards is included in the calculations in Table N-1 and is transferred from Table N-1 to Table N-4 as Subtotal 1. The system power supply requires 1.8 A from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supply to provide the power for each controller (one controller assumed for each system power supply.) If on a large system, the current exceeds: the 8 A limit for horizontally mounted systems, the 15 A limit for vertically mounted systems, or the 13 A system power supply limit, use the cable extender and split the 12 VDC as described in Appendix J b.The system power supply requires 1.8 A from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supply to provide the power for each controller (one controller assumed for each system power supply.)
N-13
Example Calculation for 12 VDC Input

Suppose your calculations from Table N-1 showed that the total 12 VDC power requires 6.1 A using a Dual DC/DC power supply with a 12 VDC input. Calculate the number of power supplies required as follows: 6.1 A/13 A/supply =.47 or 1 system power supply for simplex power and 2 system power supplies for redundant power. If on a large system, the currents exceeds: the 8 A limit for a horizontally mounted systems, the 13 A system power supply limit, or the 15 A limit for vertically mounted systems, use the cable extender and split out the 12 VDC as described in Appendix J.
N-14
Worksheet for Bulk Power Requirements

Use Table N-5 to calculate the number of bulk supplies required to power the system for each type based on the 12 VDC and 24 VDC power requirements calculated in Table N-4.
Table N-5 Bulk Power Requirements Product Type Quantity Total Amps Needed for System 12 VDC 24 VDC Total Amps Available for system 12 VDC 24 VDC
DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power Supply 12 VDC Provides 12 Amps each (Grand Total Table N-3 or Table N-4 / 12 A = Quantity) DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power Supply 24 VDC Provides 12 Amps each (Grand Total Table N-3 or Table N-4 /12 A = Quantity) Redundant DIN rail-mounted 12 VDC Bulk Power Supply (if applicable) Redundant DIN rail-mounted 24 VDC Bulk Power Supply (if applicable) Panel-mounted Bulk Power Supply 12 VDC Provides 25 Amps each (Grand Total Table N-3 or Table N-4 /25 A = Quantity) Panel-mounted Bulk Power Supply 24 VDC Provides 12.5 Amps each (Grand Total Table N-3 or Table N-4 /12.5 A = Quantity) Redundant Panel-mounted 12 VDC Bulk Power Supply (if applicable)a Redundant Panel-mounted 24 VDC Bulk Power Supply (if applicable)a N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
a. An OR-ing diode is required for redundant bulk power supplies. Refer to Appendix I for information.
N-15
Worksheet for Intrinsically Safe System Power Requirements

Use Table N-6 to size I.S. power for I.S. systems and add the total number of required I.S. power supplies to Table N-2.
Table N-6 I.S. System Power Requirements Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product Total for Product Type
I.S AI, 4-20, mA, 8-Channel with HART I.S. AO, 4-20 mA, 8-Channel (with HART) I.S. DI, 16-Channel I.S. DO, 4-Channel I.S. LocalBus Isolator
0.600
0.630
0.350 0.560 0.060

Grand total
I.S. System Power Supply (5 A max each) Provides 5 A @ 12 V (Grand Total / 5A = Quantity) Redundant I.S. System Power Supplies (1 max) Total number of power supplies (add to Table N-2)
N-16
Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O

The DeltaV system includes the following Intrinsically Safe I/O components:
I/O cards Refer to Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards on page C-84. I.S. DI, 16-Channel I.S. DO, 4-Channel I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA HART I.S AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and I.S AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART Terminal Blocks Refer to Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks on page C-124. I.S. 8-Channel terminal block I.S. 16-Channel terminal block I.S. Power Supply Refer to Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply on page E-9. I.S. LocalBus Isolator Right and left hand carrier extenders Carriers Refer to Appendix B. I.S. 8-Wide carrier Power Supply carrier Isolator carrier
Warning
Be sure that your I.S. I/O cards and terminal blocks are compatible before plugging in I/O cards. Card damage can result if an I/O card and terminal block are incompatible. Refer to Table C-72 on page C-132 for I.S. card and terminal block compatibility.
Warning
In any hazardous area installation it is important to read and follow the device manufacturer's design and installation documents. Failure to follow the documentation could result in an unapproved and unsafe application. Additionally, in hazardous locations follow your plant's procedures for making the area safe during installation and maintenance operations.
Intrinsically Safe I/O
O-1
You can use both I.S. and non-I.S. I/O cards within one DeltaV system. However, you must separate the I.S. cards from the non-I.S. cards with a LocalBus Isolator to protect the I.S. cards from damaging voltages. Only one LocalBus Isolator can be used in the DeltaV system. Plan your I/O subsystem carefully because you cannot add non-I.S. cards beyond the LocalBus Isolator. If you use multiple I.S. system power supplies, intersperse the power supplies among the cards. Figure O-1 shows a LocalBus Isolator separating non-I.S. and I.S. cards. (Figure O-3 shows the dimensions for the LocalBus Isolator.)
Non-IS
System Power Supply Non-IS I/O Cards Controller
(Gray Terminal Blocks)
IS
Localbus Isolator IS Power Supply IS I/O Cards
(Blue Terminal Blocks)
RH Carrier Extender
LH Carrier Extender
IS I/O Cards
IS I/O Cards
IS I/O Cards
Figure O-1
DeltaV Intrinsically Safe I/O Overview
Important
Field power is provided by the I.S. I/O cards. Do not connect to the connectors on the top of the I.S. 8-wide carrier.
O-2
Figure O-2 shows the grounding requirements for an I.S. I/O subsystem.
Figure O-2
Grounding Requirements for I.S. I/O
Several documents pertaining to Hazardous Area installations are supplied on the DeltaV CD. Refer to DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals on page 3-41 for a list of these documents.
O-3
Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator

The I.S. LocalBus Isolator separates non-I.S. components such as I/O cards and controllers from I.S. components. Figure O-3 shows the I.S. LocalBus Isolator dimensions.
Table O-1 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Specifications Item Specification
Input Output Power dissipation within module Mounting
12 V @ 60 mA maximum 12 V @ 60 mA maximum 1.2 W maximum LocalBus Isolator carrier
Note
The controller is non-I.S. You must always use an I.S. LocalBus Isolator to isolate the controller from I.S. cards.
15.9 cm (6.3 in)
4.1 cm (1.6 in)
10.7 cm (4.2 in)
Front View
Side View
Figure O-3
I.S. LocalBus Isolator Dimensions
O-4
Intrinsically Safe Carrier Extenders

I.S. carrier extenders bridge two I.S. carriers to make one complete I.S. system. I.S. carrier extenders can be used to build a system around obstacles such as cabinet walls or pipes.
10.2 cm (4.0 in.) 16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
4.2 cm (1.7 in.) 4.6 cm (1.8 in.) Left Hand Carrier Extender
Figure O-4
3.1 cm (1.2 in.)
Side View
Right Hand Carrier Extender
Right and Left I.S. Carrier Extenders
O-5
O-6
Appendix P Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products

Table P-1 shows the product type numbers for all DeltaV products.
Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page
KJ1501X1-BC2 KJ1700X1-BA1 KJ1710X1-BA1 KJ2003X1-BB1 KJ2003X1-BA2 KJ3001X1-BA1 KJ3001X1-BB1 KJ3001X1-BG1 KJ3001X1-BJ1 KJ3001X1-CA1 KJ3001X1-CB1 KJ3002X1-BA1 KJ3002X1-BB1 KJ3002X1-BC1 KJ3002X1-BD1 KJ3002X1-BE1 KJ3002X1-BF1 KJ3002X1-BG2 KJ3003X1-BA1 KJ3003X1-EA1 KJ3004X1-EA1 KJ3005X1-BA1 KJ3006X1-BA1 KJ3007X1-BA1
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Fiber-Optic Media Converter Single Port Fiber Switch MDPlus Controller MD Controller DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC card AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card RTD, ohms card Thermocouple, mV card Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Interface terminal block Fieldbus H1 terminal block AS-Interface card Multifunction card Profibus DP card, pre-Series 2
E-4 D-8 G-5 D-1 D-1 C-32 C-26 C-48 C-44 C-42 C-54 C-5 C-17 C-5 C-12 C-17 C-70 C-81 C-76 C-99 C-97 C-21 C-65 C-68
Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products
P-1
Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers (Continued) Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page
KJ3007X1-EA1 KJ3008X1-BA1 KJ3009X1-BA1 KJ3201X1-BA1 KJ3201X1-EA1 KJ3202X1-BA1 KJ3203X1-BA1 KJ3204X1-BAI KJ3221X1-BA1 KJ3221X1-EA1 KJ3222X1-BA1 KJ3222X1-EA1 KJ3223X1-BA1 KJ3223X1-EA1 KJ3231X1-BA1 KJ3231X1-EA1 KJ3241X1-BA1 KJ3241X1-EA1 KJ3242X1-BA1 KJ3243X1-BA1 KJ3242X1-EA1 KJ3242X1-FA1 KJ3244X1-BA1 KJ4001X1-BA2 KJ4001X1-BB1 KJ4001X1-BE1 KJ4001X1-CA1 KJ4001X1-CB1
Profibus DP terminal block Sequence of Events card DeviceNet card DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card Redundant Discrete terminal block Series 2 DO, 24 VDC, High-Side card Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card Redundant Analog Output terminal block Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card Redundant Analog Input terminal block Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA HART 16-Channel terminal block Series 2 Isolated Input card Isolated Input terminal block Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Redundant Interface terminal block Series 2 H1 card Series 2 Profibus DP card Series 2 Simplex H1 terminal block Series 2 Redundant H1 terminal block Series 2 DeviceNet card 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier with Shield Bar I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block
C-101 C-73 C-24 C-26 C-112 C-44 C-42 C-54 C-17 C-111 C-5 C-109 C-14 C-106 C-60 C-100 C-76 C-114 C-56 C-68 C-98 C-98 C-24 B-2 B-3 B-3 C-96 C-96
P-2
KJ4001X1-CC1 KJ4001X1-CD1 KJ4001X1-CE1 KJ4001X1-CF1 KJ4001X1-CG1 KJ4001X1-CH1 KJ4001X1-CJ1 KJ4001X1-HA1 KJ4002X1-BA1 KJ4002X1-BB1 KJ4002X1-BC2 KJ4002X1-BD2 KJ4002X1-BE1 KJ4002X1-BF1 KJ4010X1-BF1 and KJ4001X1-HC1 KJ4010X1-BG1 and KJ4001X1-HB1 KJ4001X1-HA1 KJ4001X1-NA1 KJ4001X1-NB1 KJ4002X1-BF2
4-Wire terminal block 10-Pin Mass termination block 16-Pin Mass termination block 24-Pin Mass termination block Thermocouple, mV terminal block RTD, ohms terminal block 32-Channel terminal block Horizontal LocalBus Cable Extender Left 8-Wide Vertical Carrier Right 8-Wide Vertical Carrier Top 4-Wide Vertical Carrier Bottom 4-Wide Vertical Carrier Top Extender Cable Assembly Bottom Extender Cable Assembly Left Carrier Extender
C-96 C-118 C-119 C-120 C-104 C-103 C-105 B-4 B-8 B-8 B-7 B-7 M-8 M-8 B-4
Right Carrier Extender
B-4
Left and right carrier extenders and cable One-wide right carrier extender One-wide left carrier extender D-shell cables for connecting left and right onewide carrier extenders Fieldbus Power Conditioner
B-4 B-5 B-5 B-5
KJ4020X1-BD1
Refer to the Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System manual.
Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products
P-3
KJ6001X1-BA1 KJ6001X1-CA1
Fieldbus H1 Carrier with Enclosure Fieldbus H1 Carrier
B-12 B-10
P-4
Glossary
Units Used in This Manual
Symbol , k Units
ohm, kilo-ohm degrees Celsius degrees Fahrenheit ampere British thermal units centimeter decibel gram hertz inch inch-pounds kilobyte kilogram kiloJoule pound Megabit Megabits per second Megabyte Megahertz meter milliampere millimeter millisecond millivolt
C F A BTU cm dB g Hz in. in-lb kB kg kJ lb Mb Mbps MB MHz m mA mm ms mV
Glossary
Glossary-1
Nm nF pF s V VA W F
Newton-meter nanoFarad picoFarad second volt volt-ampere watt microFarad
Acronyms Used in This Manual

Acronym Definition
AC A/D AI AO AWG CD CPU CSA DC DIMM DI DIN DO DRAM EMI FCC
Alternating Current Analog-to-Digital Analog Input Analog Output American Wire Gauge Compact Disk Central Processing Unit Canadian Standards Association Direct Current Double In-line Memory Module Discrete Input Deutsche Institut fr Normung Discrete Output Dynamic Random Access Memory Electromagnetic Interference Federal Communications Commission
Glossary-2
Glossary
IEC IEEE I/O IP ISA ISO LAN LED MDI MIL NVM OLE OPC OTDR RAM ROM SIMM UL UPS UTP VAC VDC
International Electrotechnical Commission Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Input/Output Internet Protocol Instrument Society of America International Standards Organization Local Area Network Light-Emitting Diode Medium Dependent Interface Military Standard Non-Volatile Memory Object Linking and Embedding OLE for Process Control Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Random-Access Memory Read-Only Memory Single In-Line Memory Module Underwriters Laboratory Uninterruptible Power Supply Unshielded Twisted Pair Volts Alternating Current Volts Direct Current
Glossary
Glossary-3
Terms Used in This Manual

Term Definition
2-wide power/controller carrier
Assembly that provides power and communications connections for the DeltaV Controller and the DeltaV System Power Supply. Assembly that provides power and communication connections for the DeltaV I/O Interface. IEEE standard for a 10-Megabit per second (Mbps) baseband network on twisted-pair wiring. Usual system of wire size measurement in the United States. A 14 AWG wire has a cross-sectional area of 2.08 mm; a 000 AWG wire has a cross-sectional area of 85.02 mm. Note that the smaller the AWG value, the larger the wire. Electrical equivalent of a 0 or a 1 that represents the basic unit of computer communication. Compact disk used as a computer information storage medium. CD-ROMs can store a large amount of information. Portion of a computer that manipulates and modifies data and carries out software instructions. Communications network for the DeltaV system. To connect one device to another in sequence. The German standards organization. Piece of electronic hardware that performs one or more prescribed functions. One or more programs in a computer or microprocessor that can detect and pinpoint a hardware fault or a configuration error. Local area network (LAN) specification that uses baseband signaling at 10 Megabits per second (Mbps). A United States government communications standards group.
8-wide I/O interface carrier
10BaseT
American Wire Gauge (AWG)
Bit
CD-ROM
Central processing unit (CPU)
Control Network Daisy chain Deutsche Institute fr Normung (DIN) Device Diagnostics
Ethernet
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Fiber-optic cable
Thin, transparent fibers of glass or plastic that transmit data through pulses of light from a laser or light-emitting diode (LED). Device in a network that consolidates wiring connections and routes communications. All communications devices on a hub-based network connect to one or more hubs. Independent technical organization that defines standards for the electrical, electronic, and computer industries.
Hub
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Glossary-4
Glossary
IEEE 802.3
Set of specifications from the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) for local area networks (LANs). This specification provides standards for media access control. Signal reception and transmission or signal interfacing. Input, for an instrument, involves accepting and processing signals from field devices. Output, for an instrument, involves converting commands into electrical signals to field devices. International organization that defines manufacturing standards.
Input/Output (I/O)
International Standards Organization (ISO) Instrument Society of America (ISA) Intrinsically Safe field circuits
Independent organization that defines instrumentation standards. Circuits that are designed to limit the amount of energy provided to field devices to levels below those that are required to ignite specific types of hazardous materials under fault and no fault conditions. Equipment that contains intrinsically safe field circuits. Electronic component that generates a small focused beam of light in response to a current passing through the component. Communications network within a limited physical area that provide high-speed data transmission. A DeltaV Power/Controller Carrier, its associated DeltaV I/O Interface Carriers, and the cables that connect them. One million binary bits. Standard requirements as set by United States military organizations. Communication device, such as a workstation or controller, attached to the Control Network. Software standard governing the relationship between software document files. Software standard for OLE applications in process control. A sensor types input signal range over which the accuracy is stated. Physical connection between an electronic device and a cable. Type of semiconductor memory. The user can read from and write to RAM as often as desired. Type of semiconductor memory. Information is stored permanently on ROM; the user can examine ROM contents as often as desired but cannot change the contents. Plug-in random-access memory (RAM) unit for a computer. Independent organization that defines electrical standards. Battery that supplies continuous power to a computer system if there is a failure or an interruption in the AC power source.
Intrinsically Safe I/O Light-emitting diode (LED)
Local Area Network (LAN)
LocalBus
Megabit (Mb) Military standard (MIL) Node
Object linking and embedding (OLE) OLE for Process Control (OPC) Operating range Port Random-access memory (RAM)
Read-only memory (ROM)
Single in-line memory module (SIMM) Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
Glossary
Glossary-5
Glossary-6
Glossary
Index
Numerics
10/100BaseT Ethernet cards F-1 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch specifications G-4 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 fiber-optic ports specifications G-3 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch specifications G-2 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub specifications G-2 10-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out 16-channel analog input terminal block specifications C-106 C-118 C-106 C-119, CC-121 dimensions B-9 installing M-12 specifications B-8
A
AC to 24 VDC and bulk AC to 12 VDC bulk power supplies top and end views H-6 Actuator Sensor-Interface Adding power J-6 3-9 C-12 C-6 C-6 AI cards LED indicators C-21
AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC specifications AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA specifications Airborne contaminants AO cards LED indicators A-3
16-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out 123 24-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier dimensions B-2 installing 2-13 specifications B-2 32-channel terminal block C-105 specifications C-105 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier description M-1 dimensions B-7 installing M-11 specifications B-7 4-wire I/O terminal blocks C-96 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier dimensions B-3 installing 2-14 specifications B-3 vertically mounted M-2 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier description M-2
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications
3-12 C-17 C-17
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA specifications AS-i card C-21 3-14 C-22
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications AS-Interface card LED indicators
AS-Interface specifications ATEX Instruction Sheets location of 3-42 Autosense cards 3-36
B
Books Online 3-41 Bulk power supplies 1-4 Bulk power supply 24 VDC to 12 VDC
Index
Index -1
description H-2 specifications H-7 AC to 12 VDC description H-2 specifications H-3, H-5 AC to 24 VDC description H-2 specifications H-3, H-5 using multiple J-11 description H-1 DIN rail mounted H-2 DIN rail-mounted H-2 environmental specifications A-2, A-3 ground wiring 2-46 input wiring 2-46 installing 2-46 mounting plate 2-46 panel-mounted H-2 Panel-mounted AC to 24 VDC and bulk AC to 12 VDC top and end views H-6 sizing J-2 specifications for DIN rail-mounted H-3 specifications for panel-mounted H-5 wiring for bussed field power 2-20 Bussed field power connecting 2-17 guidelines K-1 wiring 2-20
for vertical mounted carriers M-8 installing 2-40 pinout for no hub system G-12 testing 3-2 Cable accessory specifications Cable shields 2-36 G-8
Calculating system power requirements N-1 Cards See I/O Cards Carrier installing ground wiring for 2-15
Carrier extenders dimensions B-4 dual carrier extenders B-1 left and right carrier extenders Carrier shield bar 2-10
B-1
Carriers 2-wide power/controller B-2 4-wide vertical power/controller B-7 8-wide I/O interface B-3 8-wide vertical I/O interface B-7, B-8 Fieldbus H1 B-10 I.S. 8-wide horizontal B-14 I.S. LocalBus isolator B-15 I.S. power supply B-13 installing multiple 2-11 specifications B-1 Category 5 cables requirements for using Checklist installation K-1, N-1 2-38
C
Cabinets See Enclosures Cable 10BaseT installation requirements 2-38 accessories specifications G-8 Category 5 2-38 color-coded boot 2-41 ethernet 1-4 fiber-optic installation requirements 2-38 specifications G-8
Cisco switches managing G-29 Class I Div. 2 with Class I, II, III Div. 1 field circuits installation instructions for a DeltaV system 3-42 Class I Division 2 installation instructions for a DeltaV system Class I Division 2 installations 2-1 3-42
Index-2
Commands Autosense I/O cards 3-36 Install 3-35 Install Setup 3-35 Install Setup Data 3-39 Components 1-1 controllers D-1 I/O subsystem C-1 system 1-1 System Power Supplies E-1 Connecting power to the system 2-46 Control Network connecting to a LAN 2-44 description 1-4, 2-36 examples G-13 extending with media converters installation requirements 2-38 installing 2-40 setting up 2-36 status indicators 3-36 Controller redundancy diagram L-1 Controller specifications D-1 Controllers dimensions D-2 environmental specifications installing 2-28 LED indicators 3-4 specifications D-1 Current provided to I/O J-8
overview to the system 1-1 starting DeltaV applications 3-41 system components 1-1 system equipment 1-2 troubleshooting the installation 3-1 DeltaV Application Station DeltaV Control Network connecting to a LAN DeltaV Controller 1-3 DeltaV Diagnostics starting 3-35 status indicators using 3-37 G-16 DeltaV Explorer starting 3-35 status indicators using 3-35 DeltaV I/O subsystem DeltaV Remote Network setting up 2-49 2-36 2-44
3-36
3-36
DeltaV Fieldbus H1 Interface card specifications C-57 1-3 1-7
DeltaV system documentation See Documentation 3-42 A-1 DeltaV system manuals DeltaV system power DeviceNet card LED indicators DI cards LED indicators 3-41 1-4 3-15
DeviceNet specifications C-24 3-16 CC-
D
DeltaV carriers 4-wide power/controller carrier M-1 8-wide I/O interface vertical carrier M-2 documentation 3-41 environmental specifications A-1 help on using DeltaV applications 3-41 installing 2-1 Intrinsically Safe I/O O-1
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact specifications 42 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact specifications 34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated specifications DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact specifications 38
C-36 C-
Index
Index -3
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated specifications C-40 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact specifications 28 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated specifications Diagnostics program See DeltaV Diagnostics 3-35 C-32 C-
Dimensions 2-wide power/controller carrier B-2 4-wide power/controller carrier B-7 8-wide I/O interface carrier B-3 8-wide vertical I/O interface carrier B-9 carrier extenders B-4 controller D-2 H1 carrier B-11 H1 carrier enclosure B-12 I.S. 8-wide horizontal carrier B-14 I.S. LocalBus isolator carrier B-15 I.S. power supply carrier B-13 I.S. system power supply E-9 I/O terminal block C-96 Remote Interface Unit D-4 system passthrough power supply (DC/DC) E-7 system power supply ((Dual DC/DC) E-5 system power supply (AC/DC) E-2 DIN rail-mounted bulk power supply DIN rails installing 2-10, 2-11 spacing for vertical carriers DO cards LED indicators 3-18 H-2
Documentation 3-41 ATEX 3-42 DeltaV IS I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance in Zone 2 Hazardous Areas 3-42 DeltaV NAMUR Installation Instructions 3-42 DeltaV Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits Installation Instructions 3-42 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Div. 2 with Class I, II, III Div. 1 Field Circuits Installation Instructions 3-42 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Division 2 Installation Instructions 3-42 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Zone 2 Installation Instructions 3-42 DeltaV system 3-41 DeltaV Type KJ7000 Series Zone 1 I/O System Installation Instructions 3-42 fieldbus 3-41 hazardous area 3-42 NAMUR 3-42 Download commands Dual carrier extenders Dual monitors F-2 3-35 B-1
E
Earth Ground See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems Enclosures power dissipation selecting I-1 Ethernet 2-36 cards F-1 hubs 2-36 LAN 1-4 switches 2-36 Ethernet cable installation rules Ethernet cards F-1 G-7 G-7 I-5 A-1
M-11
DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side specifications C54 DO, DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 specifications C-50 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 specifications C-52 VAC, VAC, High-Side Isolated C-45 C-48
Environmental specifications
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side specifications DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated specifications
Ethernet cable specifications
Index-4
Ethernet interface DeltaV Application Station ProfessionalPLUS 2-36 Explorer See DeltaV Explorer Extender cables installing 2-22 Extenders dimensions for carrier extenders Extending power Extension cables specifications J-6 B-3 B-4 3-35
G
Ground isolation 1-5 Ground wiring for bulk power supply 2-46 for carrier 2-15 for H1 carrier enclosure B-12 for workstations 2-34 See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems Grounding See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems Grounding terminals I/O subsystem 2-4
F
Fault-tolerant server 1-4 installing 2-51, F-1 Fiber-optic cable specifications Fiber-optic media converters See Media converters Fiber-optic switch environmental specifications A-1 G-8
H
H1 card C-56 H1 carrier enclosure grounding B-12 Hazardous area installations documentation 3-42 Help Books Online 3-41 context sensitive 3-41 Hops number of 2-37 A-1
Fieldbus See also, Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System Fieldbus H1 carrier dimensions B-11 enclosure B-12 environmental specifications Fieldbus H1 carrier enclosure dimensions B-12 Fieldbus H1 Interface card specifications C-57 Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System 3-41 ftServer 3210 ftServer 3300 F-1 2-51
A-2, A-3
Hubs 2-36 environmental specifications installing 2-39 network example 1-7
I
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card LED indicators 3-29 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card LED indicators 3-31 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card LED indicators 3-31 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA HART specifications CC-85
Fused I/O terminal blocks C-96
Index
Index -5
87 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA specifications I.S. DI, 16-Channel card LED indicators 3-32 I.S. DI, 16-Channel specifications I.S. DO 4-Channel card LED indicators 3-33 I.S. DO, 4-Channel specifications I/O current provided to J-8 I/O card keying and compatible I/O terminal blocks 128 I/O Cards AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC installation notes C-12 specifications C-12 wiring diagrams C-12 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA installation notes C-5 specifications C-5 wiring diagram C-5 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-5 specifications C-5 wiring diagram C-5 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA installation notes C-17 specifications C-17 wiring diagram C-17 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-17 specifications C-17 wiring diagram C-17 AS-Interface installation notes C-22 specifications C-22 wiring diagram C-23 DeviceNet C-24 installation notes C-24 specifications C-24 wiring diagram C-25 CC-93 C-91 C-87
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42 installation notes C-42 specifications C-42 wiring diagram C-43 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact installation notes C-34 specifications C-34 wiring diagram C-35 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated installation notes C-36 specifications C-36 wiring diagram C-37 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact installation notes C-38 specifications C-38 wiring diagram C-39 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated installation notes C-40 specifications C-40 wiring diagram C-41 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact installation notes C-26 specifications C-28 wiring diagram C-26, C-29 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated installation notes C-32 specifications C-32 wiring diagram C-33 DI,32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact installation notes C-42 specifications C-42 wiring diagram C-42 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54 installation notes C-54 specifications C-54 wiring diagram C-55 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side installation notes C-50 specifications C-50 wiring diagram C-51 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated installation notes C-52 specifications C-52 wiring diagram C-53 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
Index-6
installation notes C-44 specifications C-44 wiring diagram C-44 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated installation notes C-48 specifications C-48 wiring diagram C-49 Fieldbus H1 installation notes C-56 specifications C-56, C-57 wiring diagram C-57 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-85 specifications C-85 wiring diagram C-86 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA installation notes C-87 specifications C-87 wiring diagram C-89 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART installation notes C-87 specifications C-87 wiring diagram C-89 I.S. DI, 16-Channel installation notes C-91 specifications C-91 wiring diagram C-92 I.S. DO, 4-Channel installation notes C-93 specifications C-93 wiring diagram C-94 installing 2-25 Multifunction installation notes C-65 specifications C-66 wiring diagram C-67 number supported by single subsystem C-1 overview C-1 Profibus DP installation notes C-68 specifications C-68 wiring diagram C-69 RTD, ohms installation notes C-70 specifications C-70
Index
wiring diagram C-72 Sequence of Events C-74 installation notes C-73 specifications C-74 wiring diagram C-75 Serial card, 2 ports installation notes C-76 specifications C-78 terminal assignments C-76 terminal block wiring C-79 Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-14 specifications C-14 wiring diagrams C-14 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-5 specifications C-5 wiring diagrams C-5 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART installation notes C-17 specifications C-17 wiring diagrams C-17 Series 2 DeviceNet See DeviceNet C-24 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact installation notes C-26 specifications C-28 wiring diagrams C-26 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side installation notes C-44 specifications C-44 wiring diagrams C-44 Series 2 H1 installation notes C-56 specifications C-56 wiring diagrams C-58, C-59 Series 2 Isolated Input installation notes C-60 specifications C-60 wiring diagrams C-60 Series 2 Profibus DP See Profibus DP C-68 Thermocouple, mV installation notes C-81 specifications C-81
Index -7
wiring diagram I/O carriers 1-2 I/O Interface installing 2-23 keying C-128 I/O subsystem grounding terminals I/O Terminal Blocks installing 2-23 specifications C-96 wiring 2-24 Icons 3-36 3-2 Indicators
C-83
wiring guidelines 2-3 workstation 2-34 Installation notes AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards C-5 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards C-17 AS-Interface card C-22 DeviceNet card C-24 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card C-42 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact card C-34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated card C-36 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact card C-38 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated card C-40 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards C-26 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-32 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card C-54 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side card C-50 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated card C-52 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side cards C-44 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-48 H1 cards C-56 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-85 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card C-87 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card C-87 I.S. DI, 16-Channel card C-91 I.S. DO, 4-Channel card C-93 Isolated Input C-60 Multifunction card C-65 Profibus DP card C-68 RTD, ohms card C-70 Sequence of Events card C-73 Serial cards C-76 Thermocouple, mV card C-81 installation notes C-54 N-1 2-1 Installation worksheets Installing DeltaV System Instruction Sheets ATEX 3-42 Interface terminal block specifications C-99 Intrinsically Safe 8-wide horizontal carrier dimensions B-14
2-4 C-96
I/O Terminal Block specifications
Installation 2-wide power/controller carrier 2-13 8-wide I/O interface carrier 2-14 bulk power supply 2-46 bussed field power 2-20 checklist K-1, N-1 control network cable 2-40 controller 2-28 DIN rails 2-10 ethernet cable G-7 extender cables 2-22 getting started 2-6 hardware 2-6 hubs 2-39 I/O cards 2-25 I/O interface 2-23 I/O terminal block 2-23 Marine Certified 2-1 planning 2-2 redundant controllers L-1 redundant I/O cards 2-27 redundant I/O terminal blocks 2-27 requirements 2-38 system power supply 2-29 tools required 2-3 torque limits 2-5 UPS 2-36
Index-8
Intrinsically Safe carrier extenders
O-5
Intrinsically Safe components 8-wide horizontal carrier B-14 carrier extenders O-5 LocalBus isolator O-4 LocalBus isolator carrier B-15 power supply carrier B-13 system power supply E-9 terminal blocks C-124 Intrinsically Safe I/O C-84, O-1 Intrinsically Safe I/O cards I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA, HART C-84 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA C-84 I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-84 I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-84 using with non-I.S. I/O O-2 Intrinsically Safe LocalBus isolator dimensions B-15 O-4
connecting Control Network to 2-44 description 1-4 installation requirements 2-38 LED indicators 32-channel, DI card 3-17 AI cards 3-9 AO cards 3-12 AS-Interface card 3-14 controllers 3-3 DeviceNet card 3-15 DI cards 3-16 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card 3-17, 326 DO cards 3-18 Fieldbus H1 cards 3-20 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card 3-29 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, card 3-31 I.S. DO 4-Channel card 3-33 I.S.DI, 16-Channel card 3-32 Isolated Input card 3-22 media converter 3-7 Multifunction card 3-23 Profibus DP card 3-24 Remote Interface Unit 3-6 RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV cards 3-25 Sequence of Events card 3-26 Serial card 3-27 Single Port Fiber Switch 3-7 system power supply 3-3 Left and right carrier extenders B-1 Liebert MultiLink software D-7
Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply E-9 dimensions E-9 sizing calculation worksheet N-16 specifications E-9 using multiple J-2 Intrinsically Safe terminal blocks I.S. 16-Channel C-126 I.S. 8-channel C-124 IP addresses filtering 2-36 Isolated Input card C-60
K
Keying description C-1 scheme C-128 KJ numbers P-1
Line fault detection Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side C-44 Local Area Network See LAN LocalBus 1-2 cable 2-11 LocalBus cable specifications B-3 2-44
L
LAN connecting application station to
Index
Index -9
M
Manuals DeltaV system 3-41 2-1 C-116
Network Time Server setting up 2-49 Network topology examples of G-13 Nodes 2-36
Marine Certified installations Mass termination blocks 10-pin C-118 16-pin C-119 24-pin C-120 40-pin C-122 MD controller See Controllers
Mass termination block specifications
O
Online Help 3-41 A-1 Operating temperature
P
Panel-mounted bulk power supply H-2 A-1 Plant-wide LAN Plug N Play 2-36 3-39
MD Controllers environmental specifications MDPlus controller See Controllers
Media converters 2-38, D-8 environmental specifications A-2 extending the control network with G-16 LED indicators 3-7 specifications D-8 Millivolt card C-81 Modules See I/O Cards Mounting screws torque limits on 2-5
Power extending J-6 notes J-1 supply calculation worksheet using multiple supplies J-3 Power dissipation calculating I-6 for DeltaV products
N-2
I-5
Power requirements worksheets for calculating N-2 Power/controller carriers Product type numbers ProfessionalPLUS 2-36 1-2 P-1
Multifunction card LED indicators 3-23 specifications C-65 terminal block usage C-65 MultiLink software mV card C-81 D-7 J-3 Multiple power supplies
Profibus DP card LED indicators 3-24 specifications C-68 terminal block usage C-68 Profibus terminal block specifications C-101
N
NAMUR installations 2-1 documentation 3-42
R
Redundant AC input power E-3 DC input power E-8
Index-10
Redundant controllers installing L-1 Redundant I/O cards installing 2-27 Redundant I/O terminal blocks installing 2-27 Redundant terminal blocks C-108 Related documentation Relative humidity A-1 1-7 2-xx
LED indicators 3-26 specifications C-74 terminal block usage C-73 Serial card LED indicators Series Series Series 3-27 C-78 HART HART HART 4-20 4-20 4-20 mA, mA, mA,
Serial card, 2 ports, RS232/RS485 specifications 2 AI, 16-Channel, specification C-14 2 AI, 8-Channel, specifications C-6 2 AO, 8-Channel, specifications C-17
Remote Access Server (RAS) Remote Interface Unit dimensions D-4 LED indicators 3-6 specifications D-3 Remote network 1-7 setting up 2-49 Repeater hops maximum number of Requirements installation Router 2-36 2-38
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact line fault detection C-26 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact specifications C-28 2-38 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side line fault detection C-44 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, specifications C-45 C-56 24 VDC, High-Side
Series 2 H1 specifications C-76 C-78 C-77 Shielding cable Shock 2-36
RS232 terminal assignments
RS422/485 Full Duplex terminal assignments RS422/485 Half Duplex terminal assignments RTD, ohms card C-70 LED indicators 3-25 specifications C-70 terminal block specifications
A-3 2-40 A-1
Simplex control network
C-103
Single Port Fiber Switch environmental specifications LED indicators 3-7 specifications G-5
S
ScTP screened twisted pair standard category 5 wiring Sensor types RTD, ohms C-71 Thermocouple, mV Sequence of Events card
Index
1-5
C-82 C-73
Specifications 16-channel analog input terminal block C-106 2-wide power/controller carrier B-2 32-channel terminal block C-105 4-wide power/controller carrier B-7 8-wide power/controller carrier B-3 8-wide vertical I/O interface carrier B-8 AI, 8-Channel, 4 mA to 20 mA, HART C-5 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and 4-20 mA, HART C-6
Index -11
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and 4-20 mA, HART C17 AS-Interface card C-22 bulk power supply H-1 cable accessories G-8 Control Network G-1 Controller D-1, E-1 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-36 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-38 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-40 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-28 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-32 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side C50 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-52 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-45 environmental A-1 Fieldbus H1 C-57 Fieldbus H1 card C-68 Fieldbus H1 carrier B-10 I.S. 8-wide horizontal I/O interface B-14 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-85 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-87 I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-91 I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-93 I.S. LocalBus Isolator carrier B-15 I.S. System Power Supply E-9 I.S. system power supply carrier B-13 I/O card dimensions C-1 I/O terminal block C-96 Multifunction C-66 Profibus DP card C-68 Remote Interface Unit D-3 RTD, ohms C-70 RTD, ohms sensor types C-62, C-63, C-71 RTD, ohms terminal block C-103 Sequence of Events card C-73 Serial card, 2 ports C-78 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-28 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-45 Series 2 H1 C-57
Index-12
Series 2 Isolated Input C-60 Single Port Fiber Switch G-5 system A-1 Thermocouple, mV C-81 Thermocouple, mV sensor types C-82 Thermocouple, mV terminal blocks C-104 Status indicators STP 1-4 G-29 3-36 A-1 Storage temperature
Switch management station Switches managing G-29
System Checkout 3-2 LED indicators 3-2 testing field wiring connections
3-34
System equipment 1-2 bulk power supplies 1-4 DeltaV controller 1-3 DeltaV I/O subsystem 1-3 DeltaV system identifier 1-4 DeltaV system power 1-4 fault-tolerant server 1-4 I/O carriers 1-2 LocalBus 1-2 power/controller carriers 1-2 Uninterruptible Power Supply 1-4 workstations 1-4 System Identifier 1-4 installing 2-34 System Overview 1-1 System Passthrough Power Supply using multiple J-9 System Passthrough Power Supply (DC/DC) specifications E-6 System power extending J-6 2-32
System Power Supply alarm contact wiring description 2-29
dimensions E-2 Dual DC/DC E-4 environmental specifications A-3 installing 2-29 LED indicators 3-3 specifications E-1 wiring 2-29 worksheets for calculating power requirements N-2 System Power Supply (AC/DC) specifications E-1 using multiple J-4 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) E-4 specifications E-4
T
Technical Service 3-43 Terminal block usage AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC C-12 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-5 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-17 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-17 AS-Interface C-22 DeviceNet C-24 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-34 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-36 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-38 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-40 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-32 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-52 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side C-50 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side C-44 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-48 H1 C-56 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-85 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-87 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART C-87 I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-91 I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-93 Isolated Input C-60
Index
Multifunction C-65 Profibus DP C-68 RTD,ohms C-70 Sequence of Events C-73 Serial C-76 Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-14 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26 Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side C-44 Series 2 H1 C-56 Series 2 Redundant AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5 Series 2 Redundant AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-17 Series 2 Redundant DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26 Series 2 Redundant DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, HighSide C-44 Series 2 Redundant H1 C-56 Series 2 Redundant Serial C-76 Series 2 Serial C-76 Series 2 Simplex AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-17 Series 2 Simplex H1 C-56 Thermocouple, mV C-81 Terminal blocks 16-channel analog input C-106 32-channel C-105 AS-Interface C-99 dimensions C-95 Fieldbus H1 C-97 I/O fused I/O C-96 Interface C-99 Intrinsically Safe C-124 Isolated Input C-100 Mass Termination blocks 10-pin C-118 16-pin C-119 24-pin C-120 40-pin C-122 Profibus DP C-101 Redundant Analog Input C-109 Redundant Analog Output C-111
Index -13
Redundant Discrete C-112 Redundant H1 C-113 Redundant Interface C-114 RTD, ohms C-103 Series 2 H1 C-98 Thermocouple, mV C-104 Testing wiring connections test access points 3-34 Thermocouple card C-81 Thermocouple, mV card LED indicators 3-25 terminal block specifications Tools for DeltaV installation 2-3 G-13
W
Wiring bulk power supply input 2-46 bussed field power 2-20 guidelines 2-4 I/O terminal block 2-24 system power supply alarm contacts system power supply input 2-29 testing 3-34 wiring diagram C-104 C-54
2-32
Topology examples of network topology Torque limits 2-5 on mounting screws Touch screens F-2 2-5
Troubleshooting 3-1, 3-35 guide 3-37 See also LED indicators 3-1 status indicators 3-36 Twisted pair switches environmental specifications A-1
U
Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS connecting D-5 installing 2-36 Liebert MultiLink software 1-4
D-7
V
Vertical carriers Vibration A-3 M-1
Wiring diagrams AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC C-13 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and 4-20 mA, HART 4wire C-11 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART, 2-wire C-7 AO, 8-Channel, 4 to 20 mA C-19 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-19 AS-Interface C-23 DeviceNet C-25 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact C-43 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-35 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-37 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-39 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-41 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-29 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-33 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-55 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side C51 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-53 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-46 DO-8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-49 Fieldbus H1 C-57 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-86 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-89 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART C-89 I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-92 I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-94 Profibus DP C-69 RTD, ohms C-72 Sequence of Events C-75 Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-16
Index-14
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART 4-wire (Redundant) C-11 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART 4-wire (Simplex) C-10 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART, 2-wire (Redundant) C-9 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART, 2-wire (Simplex) C-8 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Redundant) C-20 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Simplex) C-19 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (Redundant) C-31 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (Simplex) C-30 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (Redundant) C-47 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (Simplex) C-46 Series 2 H1 (Redundant) C-59 Series 2 H1 (Simplex) C-58 Series 2 Isolated Input C-64 Thermocouple, mV C-83 Worksheet power supply calculation N-2
code of practice for DeltaV installation and maintenance 3-42 Zone 2 installations 2-1
Workstation diagnostics 3-37 dual monitor F-2 environmental specifications grounding 2-34 installing 2-34 network cards used in F-1 touch screen F-2 Workstations 1-4
A-1, A-3
Z
Zone 0 field circuits installation instructions for a DeltaV system Zone 2 installation instructions for a DeltaV system Zone 2 hazardous areas
Index Index -15
3-42 3-42
Index-16

Delta V Simulation PRO 8.3

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Delta V Simulation PRO 8.3

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

D800001X142 August 2005

DeltaV Digital Automation System

See CE Statement in Chapter 2.

Chapter 1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Chapter 2 Installing Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Chapter 3 Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Appendix A Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 Appendix B Carrier Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

Appendix C Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

Appendix D Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

Appendix G Control Network Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G-1

Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

Appendix I Cabinet and Enclosure Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

Appendix J System Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1

Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-1

Appendix L Controller Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1

Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1

Appendix N Installation Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1

Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O-1

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

About This Manual

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

A caution describes a procedure that must be followed to prevent equipment malfunction.

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

The DeltaV System

Figure 1-1 shows an overview diagram of the DeltaV system.

System Power Supply I/O Subsystem

DeltaV System Overview Diagram

DeltaV System Equipment

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

6.5 m (21.3 ft) from start to end

Controller System Power Supply I/O Subsystem

DeltaV Control Network

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

No hub cable, shielded connectors at both ends

No Hub System Example

Control Network Example (2 nodes)

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

System Power Supply, Controller, and I/O Subsystem

Legend: Primary Control Network Secondary Control Network

Control Network Example (8 nodes)

DeltaV Remote Network

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Remote operator station

Remote operator station Secondary remote network

Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch

Primary control network Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch

Dedicated Remote Network

Remote operator station

Remote operator station

Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch

Router Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch

Primary control network

Cisco 2950 twisted pair switch

Remote Plant-Wide LAN Connected to a DeltaV System

Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Installing Your DeltaV System

Installing Your DeltaV System